src/syntax.c

/* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
 *
 * VIM - Vi IMproved	by Bram Moolenaar
 *
 * Do ":help uganda"  in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
 */

/*
 * syntax.c: code for syntax highlighting
 */

#include "vim.h"

/*
 * Structure that stores information about a highlight group.
 * The ID of a highlight group is also called group ID.  It is the index in
 * the highlight_ga array PLUS ONE.
 */
struct hl_group
{
    char_u	*sg_name;	/* highlight group name */
    char_u	*sg_name_u;	/* uppercase of sg_name */
/* for normal terminals */
    int		sg_term;	/* "term=" highlighting attributes */
    char_u	*sg_start;	/* terminal string for start highl */
    char_u	*sg_stop;	/* terminal string for stop highl */
    int		sg_term_attr;	/* Screen attr for term mode */
/* for color terminals */
    int		sg_cterm;	/* "cterm=" highlighting attr */
    int		sg_cterm_bold;	/* bold attr was set for light color */
    int		sg_cterm_fg;	/* terminal fg color number + 1 */
    int		sg_cterm_bg;	/* terminal bg color number + 1 */
    int		sg_cterm_attr;	/* Screen attr for color term mode */
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
/* for when using the GUI */
    guicolor_T	sg_gui_fg;	/* GUI foreground color handle */
    guicolor_T	sg_gui_bg;	/* GUI background color handle */
    guicolor_T	sg_gui_sp;	/* GUI special color handle */
    GuiFont	sg_font;	/* GUI font handle */
#ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
    GuiFontset	sg_fontset;	/* GUI fontset handle */
#endif
    char_u	*sg_font_name;  /* GUI font or fontset name */
    int		sg_gui_attr;    /* Screen attr for GUI mode */
#endif
#if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_EVAL)
/* Store the sp color name for the GUI or synIDattr() */
    int		sg_gui;		/* "gui=" highlighting attributes */
    char_u	*sg_gui_fg_name;/* GUI foreground color name */
    char_u	*sg_gui_bg_name;/* GUI background color name */
    char_u	*sg_gui_sp_name;/* GUI special color name */
#endif
    int		sg_link;	/* link to this highlight group ID */
    int		sg_set;		/* combination of SG_* flags */
#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
    scid_T	sg_scriptID;	/* script in which the group was last set */
#endif
};

#define SG_TERM		1	/* term has been set */
#define SG_CTERM	2	/* cterm has been set */
#define SG_GUI		4	/* gui has been set */
#define SG_LINK		8	/* link has been set */

static garray_T highlight_ga;	/* highlight groups for 'highlight' option */

#define HL_TABLE() ((struct hl_group *)((highlight_ga.ga_data)))

#ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
/* Flags to indicate an additional string for highlight name completion. */
static int include_none = 0;	/* when 1 include "None" */
static int include_default = 0;	/* when 1 include "default" */
static int include_link = 0;	/* when 2 include "link" and "clear" */
#endif

/*
 * The "term", "cterm" and "gui" arguments can be any combination of the
 * following names, separated by commas (but no spaces!).
 */
static char *(hl_name_table[]) =
    {"bold", "standout", "underline", "undercurl",
				      "italic", "reverse", "inverse", "NONE"};
static int hl_attr_table[] =
    {HL_BOLD, HL_STANDOUT, HL_UNDERLINE, HL_UNDERCURL, HL_ITALIC, HL_INVERSE, HL_INVERSE, 0};

static int get_attr_entry  __ARGS((garray_T *table, attrentry_T *aep));
static void syn_unadd_group __ARGS((void));
static void set_hl_attr __ARGS((int idx));
static void highlight_list_one __ARGS((int id));
static int highlight_list_arg __ARGS((int id, int didh, int type, int iarg, char_u *sarg, char *name));
static int syn_add_group __ARGS((char_u *name));
static int syn_list_header __ARGS((int did_header, int outlen, int id));
static int hl_has_settings __ARGS((int idx, int check_link));
static void highlight_clear __ARGS((int idx));

#ifdef FEAT_GUI
static void gui_do_one_color __ARGS((int idx, int do_menu, int do_tooltip));
static int  set_group_colors __ARGS((char_u *name, guicolor_T *fgp, guicolor_T *bgp, int do_menu, int use_norm, int do_tooltip));
static guicolor_T color_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name));
static GuiFont font_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name));
# ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
static GuiFontset fontset_name2handle __ARGS((char_u *name, int fixed_width));
# endif
static void hl_do_font __ARGS((int idx, char_u *arg, int do_normal, int do_menu, int do_tooltip));
#endif

/*
 * An attribute number is the index in attr_table plus ATTR_OFF.
 */
#define ATTR_OFF (HL_ALL + 1)

#if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(PROTO)

#define SYN_NAMELEN	50		/* maximum length of a syntax name */

/* different types of offsets that are possible */
#define SPO_MS_OFF	0	/* match  start offset */
#define SPO_ME_OFF	1	/* match  end	offset */
#define SPO_HS_OFF	2	/* highl. start offset */
#define SPO_HE_OFF	3	/* highl. end	offset */
#define SPO_RS_OFF	4	/* region start offset */
#define SPO_RE_OFF	5	/* region end	offset */
#define SPO_LC_OFF	6	/* leading context offset */
#define SPO_COUNT	7

static char *(spo_name_tab[SPO_COUNT]) =
	    {"ms=", "me=", "hs=", "he=", "rs=", "re=", "lc="};

/*
 * The patterns that are being searched for are stored in a syn_pattern.
 * A match item consists of one pattern.
 * A start/end item consists of n start patterns and m end patterns.
 * A start/skip/end item consists of n start patterns, one skip pattern and m
 * end patterns.
 * For the latter two, the patterns are always consecutive: start-skip-end.
 *
 * A character offset can be given for the matched text (_m_start and _m_end)
 * and for the actually highlighted text (_h_start and _h_end).
 */
typedef struct syn_pattern
{
    char	 sp_type;		/* see SPTYPE_ defines below */
    char	 sp_syncing;		/* this item used for syncing */
    int		 sp_flags;		/* see HL_ defines below */
#ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL
    int		 sp_char;		/* conceal substitute character */
#endif
    struct sp_syn sp_syn;		/* struct passed to in_id_list() */
    short	 sp_syn_match_id;	/* highlight group ID of pattern */
    char_u	*sp_pattern;		/* regexp to match, pattern */
    regprog_T	*sp_prog;		/* regexp to match, program */
    int		 sp_ic;			/* ignore-case flag for sp_prog */
    short	 sp_off_flags;		/* see below */
    int		 sp_offsets[SPO_COUNT];	/* offsets */
    short	*sp_cont_list;		/* cont. group IDs, if non-zero */
    short	*sp_next_list;		/* next group IDs, if non-zero */
    int		 sp_sync_idx;		/* sync item index (syncing only) */
    int		 sp_line_id;		/* ID of last line where tried */
    int		 sp_startcol;		/* next match in sp_line_id line */
} synpat_T;

/* The sp_off_flags are computed like this:
 * offset from the start of the matched text: (1 << SPO_XX_OFF)
 * offset from the end	 of the matched text: (1 << (SPO_XX_OFF + SPO_COUNT))
 * When both are present, only one is used.
 */

#define SPTYPE_MATCH	1	/* match keyword with this group ID */
#define SPTYPE_START	2	/* match a regexp, start of item */
#define SPTYPE_END	3	/* match a regexp, end of item */
#define SPTYPE_SKIP	4	/* match a regexp, skip within item */


#define SYN_ITEMS(buf)	((synpat_T *)((buf)->b_syn_patterns.ga_data))

#define NONE_IDX	-2	/* value of sp_sync_idx for "NONE" */

/*
 * Flags for b_syn_sync_flags:
 */
#define SF_CCOMMENT	0x01	/* sync on a C-style comment */
#define SF_MATCH	0x02	/* sync by matching a pattern */

#define SYN_STATE_P(ssp)    ((bufstate_T *)((ssp)->ga_data))

#define MAXKEYWLEN	80	    /* maximum length of a keyword */

/*
 * The attributes of the syntax item that has been recognized.
 */
static int current_attr = 0;	    /* attr of current syntax word */
#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
static int current_id = 0;	    /* ID of current char for syn_get_id() */
static int current_trans_id = 0;    /* idem, transparency removed */
#endif
#ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL
static int current_flags = 0;
static int current_sub_char = 0;
#endif

typedef struct syn_cluster_S
{
    char_u	    *scl_name;	    /* syntax cluster name */
    char_u	    *scl_name_u;    /* uppercase of scl_name */
    short	    *scl_list;	    /* IDs in this syntax cluster */
} syn_cluster_T;

/*
 * Methods of combining two clusters
 */
#define CLUSTER_REPLACE	    1	/* replace first list with second */
#define CLUSTER_ADD	    2	/* add second list to first */
#define CLUSTER_SUBTRACT    3	/* subtract second list from first */

#define SYN_CLSTR(buf)	((syn_cluster_T *)((buf)->b_syn_clusters.ga_data))

/*
 * Syntax group IDs have different types:
 *     0 -  9999  normal syntax groups
 * 10000 - 14999  ALLBUT indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
 * 15000 - 19999  TOP indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
 * 20000 - 24999  CONTAINED indicator (current_syn_inc_tag added)
 * >= 25000	  cluster IDs (subtract SYNID_CLUSTER for the cluster ID)
 */
#define SYNID_ALLBUT	10000	    /* syntax group ID for contains=ALLBUT */
#define SYNID_TOP	15000	    /* syntax group ID for contains=TOP */
#define SYNID_CONTAINED	20000	    /* syntax group ID for contains=CONTAINED */
#define SYNID_CLUSTER	25000	    /* first syntax group ID for clusters */

/*
 * Annoying Hack(TM):  ":syn include" needs this pointer to pass to
 * expand_filename().  Most of the other syntax commands don't need it, so
 * instead of passing it to them, we stow it here.
 */
static char_u **syn_cmdlinep;

/*
 * Another Annoying Hack(TM):  To prevent rules from other ":syn include"'d
 * files from leaking into ALLBUT lists, we assign a unique ID to the
 * rules in each ":syn include"'d file.
 */
static int current_syn_inc_tag = 0;
static int running_syn_inc_tag = 0;

/*
 * In a hashtable item "hi_key" points to "keyword" in a keyentry.
 * This avoids adding a pointer to the hashtable item.
 * KE2HIKEY() converts a var pointer to a hashitem key pointer.
 * HIKEY2KE() converts a hashitem key pointer to a var pointer.
 * HI2KE() converts a hashitem pointer to a var pointer.
 */
static keyentry_T dumkey;
#define KE2HIKEY(kp)  ((kp)->keyword)
#define HIKEY2KE(p)   ((keyentry_T *)((p) - (dumkey.keyword - (char_u *)&dumkey)))
#define HI2KE(hi)      HIKEY2KE((hi)->hi_key)

/*
 * To reduce the time spent in keepend(), remember at which level in the state
 * stack the first item with "keepend" is present.  When "-1", there is no
 * "keepend" on the stack.
 */
static int keepend_level = -1;

/*
 * For the current state we need to remember more than just the idx.
 * When si_m_endpos.lnum is 0, the items other than si_idx are unknown.
 * (The end positions have the column number of the next char)
 */
typedef struct state_item
{
    int		si_idx;			/* index of syntax pattern or
					   KEYWORD_IDX */
    int		si_id;			/* highlight group ID for keywords */
    int		si_trans_id;		/* idem, transparency removed */
    int		si_m_lnum;		/* lnum of the match */
    int		si_m_startcol;		/* starting column of the match */
    lpos_T	si_m_endpos;		/* just after end posn of the match */
    lpos_T	si_h_startpos;		/* start position of the highlighting */
    lpos_T	si_h_endpos;		/* end position of the highlighting */
    lpos_T	si_eoe_pos;		/* end position of end pattern */
    int		si_end_idx;		/* group ID for end pattern or zero */
    int		si_ends;		/* if match ends before si_m_endpos */
    int		si_attr;		/* attributes in this state */
    long	si_flags;		/* HL_HAS_EOL flag in this state, and
					 * HL_SKIP* for si_next_list */
#ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL
    int		si_char;		/* substitution character for conceal */
#endif
    short	*si_cont_list;		/* list of contained groups */
    short	*si_next_list;		/* nextgroup IDs after this item ends */
    reg_extmatch_T *si_extmatch;	/* \z(...\) matches from start
					 * pattern */
} stateitem_T;

#define KEYWORD_IDX	-1	    /* value of si_idx for keywords */
#define ID_LIST_ALL	(short *)-1 /* valid of si_cont_list for containing all
				       but contained groups */

/*
 * Struct to reduce the number of arguments to get_syn_options(), it's used
 * very often.
 */
typedef struct
{
    int		flags;		/* flags for contained and transparent */
    int		keyword;	/* TRUE for ":syn keyword" */
    int		*sync_idx;	/* syntax item for "grouphere" argument, NULL
				   if not allowed */
    char	has_cont_list;	/* TRUE if "cont_list" can be used */
    short	*cont_list;	/* group IDs for "contains" argument */
    short	*cont_in_list;	/* group IDs for "containedin" argument */
    short	*next_list;	/* group IDs for "nextgroup" argument */
} syn_opt_arg_T;

/*
 * The next possible match in the current line for any pattern is remembered,
 * to avoid having to try for a match in each column.
 * If next_match_idx == -1, not tried (in this line) yet.
 * If next_match_col == MAXCOL, no match found in this line.
 * (All end positions have the column of the char after the end)
 */
static int next_match_col;		/* column for start of next match */
static lpos_T next_match_m_endpos;	/* position for end of next match */
static lpos_T next_match_h_startpos;  /* pos. for highl. start of next match */
static lpos_T next_match_h_endpos;	/* pos. for highl. end of next match */
static int next_match_idx;		/* index of matched item */
static long next_match_flags;		/* flags for next match */
static lpos_T next_match_eos_pos;	/* end of start pattn (start region) */
static lpos_T next_match_eoe_pos;	/* pos. for end of end pattern */
static int next_match_end_idx;		/* ID of group for end pattn or zero */
static reg_extmatch_T *next_match_extmatch = NULL;

/*
 * A state stack is an array of integers or stateitem_T, stored in a
 * garray_T.  A state stack is invalid if it's itemsize entry is zero.
 */
#define INVALID_STATE(ssp)  ((ssp)->ga_itemsize == 0)
#define VALID_STATE(ssp)    ((ssp)->ga_itemsize != 0)

/*
 * The current state (within the line) of the recognition engine.
 * When current_state.ga_itemsize is 0 the current state is invalid.
 */
static win_T	*syn_win;		/* current window for highlighting */
static buf_T	*syn_buf;		/* current buffer for highlighting */
static synblock_T *syn_block;		/* current buffer for highlighting */
static linenr_T current_lnum = 0;	/* lnum of current state */
static colnr_T	current_col = 0;	/* column of current state */
static int	current_state_stored = 0; /* TRUE if stored current state
					   * after setting current_finished */
static int	current_finished = 0;	/* current line has been finished */
static garray_T current_state		/* current stack of state_items */
		= {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};
static short	*current_next_list = NULL; /* when non-zero, nextgroup list */
static int	current_next_flags = 0; /* flags for current_next_list */
static int	current_line_id = 0;	/* unique number for current line */

#define CUR_STATE(idx)	((stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data))[idx]

static void syn_sync __ARGS((win_T *wp, linenr_T lnum, synstate_T *last_valid));
static int syn_match_linecont __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
static void syn_start_line __ARGS((void));
static void syn_update_ends __ARGS((int startofline));
static void syn_stack_alloc __ARGS((void));
static int syn_stack_cleanup __ARGS((void));
static void syn_stack_free_entry __ARGS((synblock_T *block, synstate_T *p));
static synstate_T *syn_stack_find_entry __ARGS((linenr_T lnum));
static synstate_T *store_current_state __ARGS((void));
static void load_current_state __ARGS((synstate_T *from));
static void invalidate_current_state __ARGS((void));
static int syn_stack_equal __ARGS((synstate_T *sp));
static void validate_current_state __ARGS((void));
static int syn_finish_line __ARGS((int syncing));
static int syn_current_attr __ARGS((int syncing, int displaying, int *can_spell, int keep_state));
static int did_match_already __ARGS((int idx, garray_T *gap));
static stateitem_T *push_next_match __ARGS((stateitem_T *cur_si));
static void check_state_ends __ARGS((void));
static void update_si_attr __ARGS((int idx));
static void check_keepend __ARGS((void));
static void update_si_end __ARGS((stateitem_T *sip, int startcol, int force));
static short *copy_id_list __ARGS((short *list));
static int in_id_list __ARGS((stateitem_T *item, short *cont_list, struct sp_syn *ssp, int contained));
static int push_current_state __ARGS((int idx));
static void pop_current_state __ARGS((void));

static void syn_stack_apply_changes_block __ARGS((synblock_T *block, buf_T *buf));
static void find_endpos __ARGS((int idx, lpos_T *startpos, lpos_T *m_endpos, lpos_T *hl_endpos, long *flagsp, lpos_T *end_endpos, int *end_idx, reg_extmatch_T *start_ext));
static void clear_syn_state __ARGS((synstate_T *p));
static void clear_current_state __ARGS((void));

static void limit_pos __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit));
static void limit_pos_zero __ARGS((lpos_T *pos, lpos_T *limit));
static void syn_add_end_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra));
static void syn_add_start_off __ARGS((lpos_T *result, regmmatch_T *regmatch, synpat_T *spp, int idx, int extra));
static char_u *syn_getcurline __ARGS((void));
static int syn_regexec __ARGS((regmmatch_T *rmp, linenr_T lnum, colnr_T col));
static int check_keyword_id __ARGS((char_u *line, int startcol, int *endcol, long *flags, short **next_list, stateitem_T *cur_si, int *ccharp));
static void syn_cmd_case __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
static void syn_cmd_spell __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
static void syntax_sync_clear __ARGS((void));
static void syn_remove_pattern __ARGS((synblock_T *block, int idx));
static void syn_clear_pattern __ARGS((synblock_T *block, int i));
static void syn_clear_cluster __ARGS((synblock_T *block, int i));
static void syn_cmd_clear __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
static void syn_cmd_conceal __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
static void syn_clear_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing));
static void syn_cmd_on __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
static void syn_cmd_enable __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
static void syn_cmd_reset __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
static void syn_cmd_manual __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
static void syn_cmd_off __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
static void syn_cmd_onoff __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, char *name));
static void syn_cmd_list __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
static void syn_lines_msg __ARGS((void));
static void syn_match_msg __ARGS((void));
static void syn_stack_free_block __ARGS((synblock_T *block));
static void syn_list_one __ARGS((int id, int syncing, int link_only));
static void syn_list_cluster __ARGS((int id));
static void put_id_list __ARGS((char_u *name, short *list, int attr));
static void put_pattern __ARGS((char *s, int c, synpat_T *spp, int attr));
static int syn_list_keywords __ARGS((int id, hashtab_T *ht, int did_header, int attr));
static void syn_clear_keyword __ARGS((int id, hashtab_T *ht));
static void clear_keywtab __ARGS((hashtab_T *ht));
static void add_keyword __ARGS((char_u *name, int id, int flags, short *cont_in_list, short *next_list, int conceal_char));
static char_u *get_group_name __ARGS((char_u *arg, char_u **name_end));
static char_u *get_syn_options __ARGS((char_u *arg, syn_opt_arg_T *opt, int *conceal_char));
static void syn_cmd_include __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
static void syn_cmd_keyword __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
static void syn_cmd_match __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
static void syn_cmd_region __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
#ifdef __BORLANDC__
static int _RTLENTRYF syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2));
#else
static int syn_compare_stub __ARGS((const void *v1, const void *v2));
#endif
static void syn_cmd_cluster __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
static int syn_scl_name2id __ARGS((char_u *name));
static int syn_scl_namen2id __ARGS((char_u *linep, int len));
static int syn_check_cluster __ARGS((char_u *pp, int len));
static int syn_add_cluster __ARGS((char_u *name));
static void init_syn_patterns __ARGS((void));
static char_u *get_syn_pattern __ARGS((char_u *arg, synpat_T *ci));
static void syn_cmd_sync __ARGS((exarg_T *eap, int syncing));
static int get_id_list __ARGS((char_u **arg, int keylen, short **list));
static void syn_combine_list __ARGS((short **clstr1, short **clstr2, int list_op));
static void syn_incl_toplevel __ARGS((int id, int *flagsp));

/*
 * Start the syntax recognition for a line.  This function is normally called
 * from the screen updating, once for each displayed line.
 * The buffer is remembered in syn_buf, because get_syntax_attr() doesn't get
 * it.	Careful: curbuf and curwin are likely to point to another buffer and
 * window.
 */
    void
syntax_start(wp, lnum)
    win_T	*wp;
    linenr_T	lnum;
{
    synstate_T	*p;
    synstate_T	*last_valid = NULL;
    synstate_T	*last_min_valid = NULL;
    synstate_T	*sp, *prev = NULL;
    linenr_T	parsed_lnum;
    linenr_T	first_stored;
    int		dist;
    static int	changedtick = 0;	/* remember the last change ID */

    /*
     * After switching buffers, invalidate current_state.
     * Also do this when a change was made, the current state may be invalid
     * then.
     */
    if (syn_block != wp->w_s || changedtick != syn_buf->b_changedtick)
    {
	invalidate_current_state();
	syn_buf = wp->w_buffer;
	syn_block = wp->w_s;
    }
    changedtick = syn_buf->b_changedtick;
    syn_win = wp;

    /*
     * Allocate syntax stack when needed.
     */
    syn_stack_alloc();
    if (syn_block->b_sst_array == NULL)
	return;		/* out of memory */
    syn_block->b_sst_lasttick = display_tick;

    /*
     * If the state of the end of the previous line is useful, store it.
     */
    if (VALID_STATE(&current_state)
	    && current_lnum < lnum
	    && current_lnum < syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
    {
	(void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
	if (!current_state_stored)
	{
	    ++current_lnum;
	    (void)store_current_state();
	}

	/*
	 * If the current_lnum is now the same as "lnum", keep the current
	 * state (this happens very often!).  Otherwise invalidate
	 * current_state and figure it out below.
	 */
	if (current_lnum != lnum)
	    invalidate_current_state();
    }
    else
	invalidate_current_state();

    /*
     * Try to synchronize from a saved state in b_sst_array[].
     * Only do this if lnum is not before and not to far beyond a saved state.
     */
    if (INVALID_STATE(&current_state) && syn_block->b_sst_array != NULL)
    {
	/* Find last valid saved state before start_lnum. */
	for (p = syn_block->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
	{
	    if (p->sst_lnum > lnum)
		break;
	    if (p->sst_lnum <= lnum && p->sst_change_lnum == 0)
	    {
		last_valid = p;
		if (p->sst_lnum >= lnum - syn_block->b_syn_sync_minlines)
		    last_min_valid = p;
	    }
	}
	if (last_min_valid != NULL)
	    load_current_state(last_min_valid);
    }

    /*
     * If "lnum" is before or far beyond a line with a saved state, need to
     * re-synchronize.
     */
    if (INVALID_STATE(&current_state))
    {
	syn_sync(wp, lnum, last_valid);
	first_stored = current_lnum + syn_block->b_syn_sync_minlines;
    }
    else
	first_stored = current_lnum;

    /*
     * Advance from the sync point or saved state until the current line.
     * Save some entries for syncing with later on.
     */
    if (syn_block->b_sst_len <= Rows)
	dist = 999999;
    else
	dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_block->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1;
    while (current_lnum < lnum)
    {
	syn_start_line();
	(void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
	++current_lnum;

	/* If we parsed at least "minlines" lines or started at a valid
	 * state, the current state is considered valid. */
	if (current_lnum >= first_stored)
	{
	    /* Check if the saved state entry is for the current line and is
	     * equal to the current state.  If so, then validate all saved
	     * states that depended on a change before the parsed line. */
	    if (prev == NULL)
		prev = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum - 1);
	    if (prev == NULL)
		sp = syn_block->b_sst_first;
	    else
		sp = prev;
	    while (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum < current_lnum)
		sp = sp->sst_next;
	    if (sp != NULL
		    && sp->sst_lnum == current_lnum
		    && syn_stack_equal(sp))
	    {
		parsed_lnum = current_lnum;
		prev = sp;
		while (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum <= parsed_lnum)
		{
		    if (sp->sst_lnum <= lnum)
			/* valid state before desired line, use this one */
			prev = sp;
		    else if (sp->sst_change_lnum == 0)
			/* past saved states depending on change, break here. */
			break;
		    sp->sst_change_lnum = 0;
		    sp = sp->sst_next;
		}
		load_current_state(prev);
	    }
	    /* Store the state at this line when it's the first one, the line
	     * where we start parsing, or some distance from the previously
	     * saved state.  But only when parsed at least 'minlines'. */
	    else if (prev == NULL
			|| current_lnum == lnum
			|| current_lnum >= prev->sst_lnum + dist)
		prev = store_current_state();
	}

	/* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed.  The current
	 * state will be wrong then. */
	line_breakcheck();
	if (got_int)
	{
	    current_lnum = lnum;
	    break;
	}
    }

    syn_start_line();
}

/*
 * We cannot simply discard growarrays full of state_items or buf_states; we
 * have to manually release their extmatch pointers first.
 */
    static void
clear_syn_state(p)
    synstate_T *p;
{
    int		i;
    garray_T	*gap;

    if (p->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
    {
	gap = &(p->sst_union.sst_ga);
	for (i = 0; i < gap->ga_len; i++)
	    unref_extmatch(SYN_STATE_P(gap)[i].bs_extmatch);
	ga_clear(gap);
    }
    else
    {
	for (i = 0; i < p->sst_stacksize; i++)
	    unref_extmatch(p->sst_union.sst_stack[i].bs_extmatch);
    }
}

/*
 * Cleanup the current_state stack.
 */
    static void
clear_current_state()
{
    int		i;
    stateitem_T	*sip;

    sip = (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data);
    for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; i++)
	unref_extmatch(sip[i].si_extmatch);
    ga_clear(&current_state);
}

/*
 * Try to find a synchronisation point for line "lnum".
 *
 * This sets current_lnum and the current state.  One of three methods is
 * used:
 * 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-comment.
 * 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns.
 * 3. Simply start on a given number of lines above "lnum".
 */
    static void
syn_sync(wp, start_lnum, last_valid)
    win_T	*wp;
    linenr_T	start_lnum;
    synstate_T	*last_valid;
{
    buf_T	*curbuf_save;
    win_T	*curwin_save;
    pos_T	cursor_save;
    int		idx;
    linenr_T	lnum;
    linenr_T	end_lnum;
    linenr_T	break_lnum;
    int		had_sync_point;
    stateitem_T	*cur_si;
    synpat_T	*spp;
    char_u	*line;
    int		found_flags = 0;
    int		found_match_idx = 0;
    linenr_T	found_current_lnum = 0;
    int		found_current_col= 0;
    lpos_T	found_m_endpos;
    colnr_T	prev_current_col;

    /*
     * Clear any current state that might be hanging around.
     */
    invalidate_current_state();

    /*
     * Start at least "minlines" back.  Default starting point for parsing is
     * there.
     * Start further back, to avoid that scrolling backwards will result in
     * resyncing for every line.  Now it resyncs only one out of N lines,
     * where N is minlines * 1.5, or minlines * 2 if minlines is small.
     * Watch out for overflow when minlines is MAXLNUM.
     */
    if (syn_block->b_syn_sync_minlines > start_lnum)
	start_lnum = 1;
    else
    {
	if (syn_block->b_syn_sync_minlines == 1)
	    lnum = 1;
	else if (syn_block->b_syn_sync_minlines < 10)
	    lnum = syn_block->b_syn_sync_minlines * 2;
	else
	    lnum = syn_block->b_syn_sync_minlines * 3 / 2;
	if (syn_block->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0
				     && lnum > syn_block->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
	    lnum = syn_block->b_syn_sync_maxlines;
	if (lnum >= start_lnum)
	    start_lnum = 1;
	else
	    start_lnum -= lnum;
    }
    current_lnum = start_lnum;

    /*
     * 1. Search backwards for the end of a C-style comment.
     */
    if (syn_block->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT)
    {
	/* Need to make syn_buf the current buffer for a moment, to be able to
	 * use find_start_comment(). */
	curwin_save = curwin;
	curwin = wp;
	curbuf_save = curbuf;
	curbuf = syn_buf;

	/*
	 * Skip lines that end in a backslash.
	 */
	for ( ; start_lnum > 1; --start_lnum)
	{
	    line = ml_get(start_lnum - 1);
	    if (*line == NUL || *(line + STRLEN(line) - 1) != '\\')
		break;
	}
	current_lnum = start_lnum;

	/* set cursor to start of search */
	cursor_save = wp->w_cursor;
	wp->w_cursor.lnum = start_lnum;
	wp->w_cursor.col = 0;

	/*
	 * If the line is inside a comment, need to find the syntax item that
	 * defines the comment.
	 * Restrict the search for the end of a comment to b_syn_sync_maxlines.
	 */
	if (find_start_comment((int)syn_block->b_syn_sync_maxlines) != NULL)
	{
	    for (idx = syn_block->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
		if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_block)[idx].sp_syn.id
						   == syn_block->b_syn_sync_id
			&& SYN_ITEMS(syn_block)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
		{
		    validate_current_state();
		    if (push_current_state(idx) == OK)
			update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
		    break;
		}
	}

	/* restore cursor and buffer */
	wp->w_cursor = cursor_save;
	curwin = curwin_save;
	curbuf = curbuf_save;
    }

    /*
     * 2. Search backwards for given sync patterns.
     */
    else if (syn_block->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH)
    {
	if (syn_block->b_syn_sync_maxlines != 0
			       && start_lnum > syn_block->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
	    break_lnum = start_lnum - syn_block->b_syn_sync_maxlines;
	else
	    break_lnum = 0;

	found_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
	found_m_endpos.col = 0;
	end_lnum = start_lnum;
	lnum = start_lnum;
	while (--lnum > break_lnum)
	{
	    /* This can take a long time: break when CTRL-C pressed. */
	    line_breakcheck();
	    if (got_int)
	    {
		invalidate_current_state();
		current_lnum = start_lnum;
		break;
	    }

	    /* Check if we have run into a valid saved state stack now. */
	    if (last_valid != NULL && lnum == last_valid->sst_lnum)
	    {
		load_current_state(last_valid);
		break;
	    }

	    /*
	     * Check if the previous line has the line-continuation pattern.
	     */
	    if (lnum > 1 && syn_match_linecont(lnum - 1))
		continue;

	    /*
	     * Start with nothing on the state stack
	     */
	    validate_current_state();

	    for (current_lnum = lnum; current_lnum < end_lnum; ++current_lnum)
	    {
		syn_start_line();
		for (;;)
		{
		    had_sync_point = syn_finish_line(TRUE);
		    /*
		     * When a sync point has been found, remember where, and
		     * continue to look for another one, further on in the line.
		     */
		    if (had_sync_point && current_state.ga_len)
		    {
			cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
			if (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum > start_lnum)
			{
			    /* ignore match that goes to after where started */
			    current_lnum = end_lnum;
			    break;
			}
			if (cur_si->si_idx < 0)
			{
			    /* Cannot happen? */
			    found_flags = 0;
			    found_match_idx = KEYWORD_IDX;
			}
			else
			{
			    spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_block)[cur_si->si_idx]);
			    found_flags = spp->sp_flags;
			    found_match_idx = spp->sp_sync_idx;
			}
			found_current_lnum = current_lnum;
			found_current_col = current_col;
			found_m_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos;
			/*
			 * Continue after the match (be aware of a zero-length
			 * match).
			 */
			if (found_m_endpos.lnum > current_lnum)
			{
			    current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum;
			    current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
			    if (current_lnum >= end_lnum)
				break;
			}
			else if (found_m_endpos.col > current_col)
			    current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
			else
			    ++current_col;

			/* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for
			 * an item that ends here, need to do that now.  Be
			 * careful not to go past the NUL. */
			prev_current_col = current_col;
			if (syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL)
			    ++current_col;
			check_state_ends();
			current_col = prev_current_col;
		    }
		    else
			break;
		}
	    }

	    /*
	     * If a sync point was encountered, break here.
	     */
	    if (found_flags)
	    {
		/*
		 * Put the item that was specified by the sync point on the
		 * state stack.  If there was no item specified, make the
		 * state stack empty.
		 */
		clear_current_state();
		if (found_match_idx >= 0
			&& push_current_state(found_match_idx) == OK)
		    update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);

		/*
		 * When using "grouphere", continue from the sync point
		 * match, until the end of the line.  Parsing starts at
		 * the next line.
		 * For "groupthere" the parsing starts at start_lnum.
		 */
		if (found_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE)
		{
		    if (current_state.ga_len)
		    {
			cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
			cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = found_current_lnum;
			cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = found_current_col;
			update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE);
			check_keepend();
		    }
		    current_col = found_m_endpos.col;
		    current_lnum = found_m_endpos.lnum;
		    (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);
		    ++current_lnum;
		}
		else
		    current_lnum = start_lnum;

		break;
	    }

	    end_lnum = lnum;
	    invalidate_current_state();
	}

	/* Ran into start of the file or exceeded maximum number of lines */
	if (lnum <= break_lnum)
	{
	    invalidate_current_state();
	    current_lnum = break_lnum + 1;
	}
    }

    validate_current_state();
}

/*
 * Return TRUE if the line-continuation pattern matches in line "lnum".
 */
    static int
syn_match_linecont(lnum)
    linenr_T	lnum;
{
    regmmatch_T regmatch;

    if (syn_block->b_syn_linecont_prog != NULL)
    {
	regmatch.rmm_ic = syn_block->b_syn_linecont_ic;
	regmatch.regprog = syn_block->b_syn_linecont_prog;
	return syn_regexec(&regmatch, lnum, (colnr_T)0);
    }
    return FALSE;
}

/*
 * Prepare the current state for the start of a line.
 */
    static void
syn_start_line()
{
    current_finished = FALSE;
    current_col = 0;

    /*
     * Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the
     * previous line and regions that have "keepend".
     */
    if (current_state.ga_len > 0)
	syn_update_ends(TRUE);

    next_match_idx = -1;
    ++current_line_id;
}

/*
 * Check for items in the stack that need their end updated.
 * When "startofline" is TRUE the last item is always updated.
 * When "startofline" is FALSE the item with "keepend" is forcefully updated.
 */
    static void
syn_update_ends(startofline)
    int		startofline;
{
    stateitem_T	*cur_si;
    int		i;
    int		seen_keepend;

    if (startofline)
    {
	/* Check for a match carried over from a previous line with a
	 * contained region.  The match ends as soon as the region ends. */
	for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
	{
	    cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
	    if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
		    && (SYN_ITEMS(syn_block)[cur_si->si_idx]).sp_type
							       == SPTYPE_MATCH
		    && cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum)
	    {
		cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCHCONT;
		cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
		cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = 0;
		cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_m_endpos;
		cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
	    }
	}
    }

    /*
     * Need to update the end of a start/skip/end that continues from the
     * previous line.  And regions that have "keepend", because they may
     * influence contained items.  If we've just removed "extend"
     * (startofline == 0) then we should update ends of normal regions
     * contained inside "keepend" because "extend" could have extended
     * these "keepend" regions as well as contained normal regions.
     * Then check for items ending in column 0.
     */
    i = current_state.ga_len - 1;
    if (keepend_level >= 0)
	for ( ; i > keepend_level; --i)
	    if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
		break;

    seen_keepend = FALSE;
    for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
    {
	cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
	if ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND)
			    || (seen_keepend && !startofline)
			    || (i == current_state.ga_len - 1 && startofline))
	{
	    cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0;	/* start highl. in col 0 */
	    cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum;

	    if (!(cur_si->si_flags & HL_MATCHCONT))
		update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, !startofline);

	    if (!startofline && (cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
		seen_keepend = TRUE;
	}
    }
    check_keepend();
    check_state_ends();
}

/****************************************
 * Handling of the state stack cache.
 */

/*
 * EXPLANATION OF THE SYNTAX STATE STACK CACHE
 *
 * To speed up syntax highlighting, the state stack for the start of some
 * lines is cached.  These entries can be used to start parsing at that point.
 *
 * The stack is kept in b_sst_array[] for each buffer.  There is a list of
 * valid entries.  b_sst_first points to the first one, then follow sst_next.
 * The entries are sorted on line number.  The first entry is often for line 2
 * (line 1 always starts with an empty stack).
 * There is also a list for free entries.  This construction is used to avoid
 * having to allocate and free memory blocks too often.
 *
 * When making changes to the buffer, this is logged in b_mod_*.  When calling
 * update_screen() to update the display, it will call
 * syn_stack_apply_changes() for each displayed buffer to adjust the cached
 * entries.  The entries which are inside the changed area are removed,
 * because they must be recomputed.  Entries below the changed have their line
 * number adjusted for deleted/inserted lines, and have their sst_change_lnum
 * set to indicate that a check must be made if the changed lines would change
 * the cached entry.
 *
 * When later displaying lines, an entry is stored for each line.  Displayed
 * lines are likely to be displayed again, in which case the state at the
 * start of the line is needed.
 * For not displayed lines, an entry is stored for every so many lines.  These
 * entries will be used e.g., when scrolling backwards.  The distance between
 * entries depends on the number of lines in the buffer.  For small buffers
 * the distance is fixed at SST_DIST, for large buffers there is a fixed
 * number of entries SST_MAX_ENTRIES, and the distance is computed.
 */

    static void
syn_stack_free_block(block)
    synblock_T	*block;
{
    synstate_T	*p;

    if (block->b_sst_array != NULL)
    {
	for (p = block->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
	    clear_syn_state(p);
	vim_free(block->b_sst_array);
	block->b_sst_array = NULL;
	block->b_sst_len = 0;
    }
}
/*
 * Free b_sst_array[] for buffer "buf".
 * Used when syntax items changed to force resyncing everywhere.
 */
    void
syn_stack_free_all(block)
    synblock_T	*block;
{
    win_T	*wp;

    syn_stack_free_block(block);


#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
    /* When using "syntax" fold method, must update all folds. */
    FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
    {
	if (wp->w_s == block && foldmethodIsSyntax(wp))
	    foldUpdateAll(wp);
    }
#endif
}

/*
 * Allocate the syntax state stack for syn_buf when needed.
 * If the number of entries in b_sst_array[] is much too big or a bit too
 * small, reallocate it.
 * Also used to allocate b_sst_array[] for the first time.
 */
    static void
syn_stack_alloc()
{
    long	len;
    synstate_T	*to, *from;
    synstate_T	*sstp;

    len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / SST_DIST + Rows * 2;
    if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES)
	len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES;
    else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES)
	len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES;
    if (syn_block->b_sst_len > len * 2 || syn_block->b_sst_len < len)
    {
	/* Allocate 50% too much, to avoid reallocating too often. */
	len = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
	len = (len + len / 2) / SST_DIST + Rows * 2;
	if (len < SST_MIN_ENTRIES)
	    len = SST_MIN_ENTRIES;
	else if (len > SST_MAX_ENTRIES)
	    len = SST_MAX_ENTRIES;

	if (syn_block->b_sst_array != NULL)
	{
	    /* When shrinking the array, cleanup the existing stack.
	     * Make sure that all valid entries fit in the new array. */
	    while (syn_block->b_sst_len - syn_block->b_sst_freecount + 2 > len
		    && syn_stack_cleanup())
		;
	    if (len < syn_block->b_sst_len - syn_block->b_sst_freecount + 2)
		len = syn_block->b_sst_len - syn_block->b_sst_freecount + 2;
	}

	sstp = (synstate_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)(len * sizeof(synstate_T)));
	if (sstp == NULL)	/* out of memory! */
	    return;

	to = sstp - 1;
	if (syn_block->b_sst_array != NULL)
	{
	    /* Move the states from the old array to the new one. */
	    for (from = syn_block->b_sst_first; from != NULL;
							from = from->sst_next)
	    {
		++to;
		*to = *from;
		to->sst_next = to + 1;
	    }
	}
	if (to != sstp - 1)
	{
	    to->sst_next = NULL;
	    syn_block->b_sst_first = sstp;
	    syn_block->b_sst_freecount = len - (int)(to - sstp) - 1;
	}
	else
	{
	    syn_block->b_sst_first = NULL;
	    syn_block->b_sst_freecount = len;
	}

	/* Create the list of free entries. */
	syn_block->b_sst_firstfree = to + 1;
	while (++to < sstp + len)
	    to->sst_next = to + 1;
	(sstp + len - 1)->sst_next = NULL;

	vim_free(syn_block->b_sst_array);
	syn_block->b_sst_array = sstp;
	syn_block->b_sst_len = len;
    }
}

/*
 * Check for changes in a buffer to affect stored syntax states.  Uses the
 * b_mod_* fields.
 * Called from update_screen(), before screen is being updated, once for each
 * displayed buffer.
 */
    void
syn_stack_apply_changes(buf)
    buf_T	*buf;
{
    win_T	*wp;

    syn_stack_apply_changes_block(&buf->b_s, buf);

    FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
    {
	if ((wp->w_buffer == buf) && (wp->w_s != &buf->b_s))
	    syn_stack_apply_changes_block(wp->w_s, buf);
    }
}

    static void
syn_stack_apply_changes_block(block, buf)
    synblock_T	*block;
    buf_T	*buf;
{
    synstate_T	*p, *prev, *np;
    linenr_T	n;

    if (block->b_sst_array == NULL)	/* nothing to do */
	return;

    prev = NULL;
    for (p = block->b_sst_first; p != NULL; )
    {
	if (p->sst_lnum + block->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > buf->b_mod_top)
	{
	    n = p->sst_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines;
	    if (n <= buf->b_mod_bot)
	    {
		/* this state is inside the changed area, remove it */
		np = p->sst_next;
		if (prev == NULL)
		    block->b_sst_first = np;
		else
		    prev->sst_next = np;
		syn_stack_free_entry(block, p);
		p = np;
		continue;
	    }
	    /* This state is below the changed area.  Remember the line
	     * that needs to be parsed before this entry can be made valid
	     * again. */
	    if (p->sst_change_lnum != 0 && p->sst_change_lnum > buf->b_mod_top)
	    {
		if (p->sst_change_lnum + buf->b_mod_xlines > buf->b_mod_top)
		    p->sst_change_lnum += buf->b_mod_xlines;
		else
		    p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_top;
	    }
	    if (p->sst_change_lnum == 0
		    || p->sst_change_lnum < buf->b_mod_bot)
		p->sst_change_lnum = buf->b_mod_bot;

	    p->sst_lnum = n;
	}
	prev = p;
	p = p->sst_next;
    }
}

/*
 * Reduce the number of entries in the state stack for syn_buf.
 * Returns TRUE if at least one entry was freed.
 */
    static int
syn_stack_cleanup()
{
    synstate_T	*p, *prev;
    disptick_T	tick;
    int		above;
    int		dist;
    int		retval = FALSE;

    if (syn_block->b_sst_array == NULL || syn_block->b_sst_first == NULL)
	return retval;

    /* Compute normal distance between non-displayed entries. */
    if (syn_block->b_sst_len <= Rows)
	dist = 999999;
    else
	dist = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count / (syn_block->b_sst_len - Rows) + 1;

    /*
     * Go through the list to find the "tick" for the oldest entry that can
     * be removed.  Set "above" when the "tick" for the oldest entry is above
     * "b_sst_lasttick" (the display tick wraps around).
     */
    tick = syn_block->b_sst_lasttick;
    above = FALSE;
    prev = syn_block->b_sst_first;
    for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
    {
	if (prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum)
	{
	    if (p->sst_tick > syn_block->b_sst_lasttick)
	    {
		if (!above || p->sst_tick < tick)
		    tick = p->sst_tick;
		above = TRUE;
	    }
	    else if (!above && p->sst_tick < tick)
		tick = p->sst_tick;
	}
    }

    /*
     * Go through the list to make the entries for the oldest tick at an
     * interval of several lines.
     */
    prev = syn_block->b_sst_first;
    for (p = prev->sst_next; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
    {
	if (p->sst_tick == tick && prev->sst_lnum + dist > p->sst_lnum)
	{
	    /* Move this entry from used list to free list */
	    prev->sst_next = p->sst_next;
	    syn_stack_free_entry(syn_block, p);
	    p = prev;
	    retval = TRUE;
	}
    }
    return retval;
}

/*
 * Free the allocated memory for a syn_state item.
 * Move the entry into the free list.
 */
    static void
syn_stack_free_entry(block, p)
    synblock_T	*block;
    synstate_T	*p;
{
    clear_syn_state(p);
    p->sst_next = block->b_sst_firstfree;
    block->b_sst_firstfree = p;
    ++block->b_sst_freecount;
}

/*
 * Find an entry in the list of state stacks at or before "lnum".
 * Returns NULL when there is no entry or the first entry is after "lnum".
 */
    static synstate_T *
syn_stack_find_entry(lnum)
    linenr_T	lnum;
{
    synstate_T	*p, *prev;

    prev = NULL;
    for (p = syn_block->b_sst_first; p != NULL; prev = p, p = p->sst_next)
    {
	if (p->sst_lnum == lnum)
	    return p;
	if (p->sst_lnum > lnum)
	    break;
    }
    return prev;
}

/*
 * Try saving the current state in b_sst_array[].
 * The current state must be valid for the start of the current_lnum line!
 */
    static synstate_T *
store_current_state()
{
    int		i;
    synstate_T	*p;
    bufstate_T	*bp;
    stateitem_T	*cur_si;
    synstate_T	*sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);

    /*
     * If the current state contains a start or end pattern that continues
     * from the previous line, we can't use it.  Don't store it then.
     */
    for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i >= 0; --i)
    {
	cur_si = &CUR_STATE(i);
	if (cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum >= current_lnum
		|| cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum
		|| cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum
		|| (cur_si->si_end_idx
		    && cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum >= current_lnum))
	    break;
    }
    if (i >= 0)
    {
	if (sp != NULL)
	{
	    /* find "sp" in the list and remove it */
	    if (syn_block->b_sst_first == sp)
		/* it's the first entry */
		syn_block->b_sst_first = sp->sst_next;
	    else
	    {
		/* find the entry just before this one to adjust sst_next */
		for (p = syn_block->b_sst_first; p != NULL; p = p->sst_next)
		    if (p->sst_next == sp)
			break;
		if (p != NULL)	/* just in case */
		    p->sst_next = sp->sst_next;
	    }
	    syn_stack_free_entry(syn_block, sp);
	    sp = NULL;
	}
    }
    else if (sp == NULL || sp->sst_lnum != current_lnum)
    {
	/*
	 * Add a new entry
	 */
	/* If no free items, cleanup the array first. */
	if (syn_block->b_sst_freecount == 0)
	{
	    (void)syn_stack_cleanup();
	    /* "sp" may have been moved to the freelist now */
	    sp = syn_stack_find_entry(current_lnum);
	}
	/* Still no free items?  Must be a strange problem... */
	if (syn_block->b_sst_freecount == 0)
	    sp = NULL;
	else
	{
	    /* Take the first item from the free list and put it in the used
	     * list, after *sp */
	    p = syn_block->b_sst_firstfree;
	    syn_block->b_sst_firstfree = p->sst_next;
	    --syn_block->b_sst_freecount;
	    if (sp == NULL)
	    {
		/* Insert in front of the list */
		p->sst_next = syn_block->b_sst_first;
		syn_block->b_sst_first = p;
	    }
	    else
	    {
		/* insert in list after *sp */
		p->sst_next = sp->sst_next;
		sp->sst_next = p;
	    }
	    sp = p;
	    sp->sst_stacksize = 0;
	    sp->sst_lnum = current_lnum;
	}
    }
    if (sp != NULL)
    {
	/* When overwriting an existing state stack, clear it first */
	clear_syn_state(sp);
	sp->sst_stacksize = current_state.ga_len;
	if (current_state.ga_len > SST_FIX_STATES)
	{
	    /* Need to clear it, might be something remaining from when the
	     * length was less than SST_FIX_STATES. */
	    ga_init2(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, (int)sizeof(bufstate_T), 1);
	    if (ga_grow(&sp->sst_union.sst_ga, current_state.ga_len) == FAIL)
		sp->sst_stacksize = 0;
	    else
		sp->sst_union.sst_ga.ga_len = current_state.ga_len;
	    bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga));
	}
	else
	    bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack;
	for (i = 0; i < sp->sst_stacksize; ++i)
	{
	    bp[i].bs_idx = CUR_STATE(i).si_idx;
	    bp[i].bs_flags = CUR_STATE(i).si_flags;
	    bp[i].bs_extmatch = ref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch);
	}
	sp->sst_next_flags = current_next_flags;
	sp->sst_next_list = current_next_list;
	sp->sst_tick = display_tick;
	sp->sst_change_lnum = 0;
    }
    current_state_stored = TRUE;
    return sp;
}

/*
 * Copy a state stack from "from" in b_sst_array[] to current_state;
 */
    static void
load_current_state(from)
    synstate_T	*from;
{
    int		i;
    bufstate_T	*bp;

    clear_current_state();
    validate_current_state();
    keepend_level = -1;
    if (from->sst_stacksize
	    && ga_grow(&current_state, from->sst_stacksize) != FAIL)
    {
	if (from->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
	    bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(from->sst_union.sst_ga));
	else
	    bp = from->sst_union.sst_stack;
	for (i = 0; i < from->sst_stacksize; ++i)
	{
	    CUR_STATE(i).si_idx = bp[i].bs_idx;
	    CUR_STATE(i).si_flags = bp[i].bs_flags;
	    CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(bp[i].bs_extmatch);
	    if (keepend_level < 0 && (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
		keepend_level = i;
	    CUR_STATE(i).si_ends = FALSE;
	    CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum = 0;
	    if (CUR_STATE(i).si_idx >= 0)
		CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list =
		     (SYN_ITEMS(syn_block)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_next_list;
	    else
		CUR_STATE(i).si_next_list = NULL;
	    update_si_attr(i);
	}
	current_state.ga_len = from->sst_stacksize;
    }
    current_next_list = from->sst_next_list;
    current_next_flags = from->sst_next_flags;
    current_lnum = from->sst_lnum;
}

/*
 * Compare saved state stack "*sp" with the current state.
 * Return TRUE when they are equal.
 */
    static int
syn_stack_equal(sp)
    synstate_T *sp;
{
    int		i, j;
    bufstate_T	*bp;
    reg_extmatch_T	*six, *bsx;

    /* First a quick check if the stacks have the same size end nextlist. */
    if (sp->sst_stacksize == current_state.ga_len
	    && sp->sst_next_list == current_next_list)
    {
	/* Need to compare all states on both stacks. */
	if (sp->sst_stacksize > SST_FIX_STATES)
	    bp = SYN_STATE_P(&(sp->sst_union.sst_ga));
	else
	    bp = sp->sst_union.sst_stack;

	for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
	{
	    /* If the item has another index the state is different. */
	    if (bp[i].bs_idx != CUR_STATE(i).si_idx)
		break;
	    if (bp[i].bs_extmatch != CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch)
	    {
		/* When the extmatch pointers are different, the strings in
		 * them can still be the same.  Check if the extmatch
		 * references are equal. */
		bsx = bp[i].bs_extmatch;
		six = CUR_STATE(i).si_extmatch;
		/* If one of the extmatch pointers is NULL the states are
		 * different. */
		if (bsx == NULL || six == NULL)
		    break;
		for (j = 0; j < NSUBEXP; ++j)
		{
		    /* Check each referenced match string. They must all be
		     * equal. */
		    if (bsx->matches[j] != six->matches[j])
		    {
			/* If the pointer is different it can still be the
			 * same text.  Compare the strings, ignore case when
			 * the start item has the sp_ic flag set. */
			if (bsx->matches[j] == NULL
				|| six->matches[j] == NULL)
			    break;
			if ((SYN_ITEMS(syn_block)[CUR_STATE(i).si_idx]).sp_ic
				? MB_STRICMP(bsx->matches[j],
							 six->matches[j]) != 0
				: STRCMP(bsx->matches[j], six->matches[j]) != 0)
			    break;
		    }
		}
		if (j != NSUBEXP)
		    break;
	    }
	}
	if (i < 0)
	    return TRUE;
    }
    return FALSE;
}

/*
 * We stop parsing syntax above line "lnum".  If the stored state at or below
 * this line depended on a change before it, it now depends on the line below
 * the last parsed line.
 * The window looks like this:
 *	    line which changed
 *	    displayed line
 *	    displayed line
 * lnum ->  line below window
 */
    void
syntax_end_parsing(lnum)
    linenr_T	lnum;
{
    synstate_T	*sp;

    sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum);
    if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum < lnum)
	sp = sp->sst_next;

    if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_change_lnum != 0)
	sp->sst_change_lnum = lnum;
}

/*
 * End of handling of the state stack.
 ****************************************/

    static void
invalidate_current_state()
{
    clear_current_state();
    current_state.ga_itemsize = 0;	/* mark current_state invalid */
    current_next_list = NULL;
    keepend_level = -1;
}

    static void
validate_current_state()
{
    current_state.ga_itemsize = sizeof(stateitem_T);
    current_state.ga_growsize = 3;
}

/*
 * Return TRUE if the syntax at start of lnum changed since last time.
 * This will only be called just after get_syntax_attr() for the previous
 * line, to check if the next line needs to be redrawn too.
 */
    int
syntax_check_changed(lnum)
    linenr_T	lnum;
{
    int		retval = TRUE;
    synstate_T	*sp;

    /*
     * Check the state stack when:
     * - lnum is just below the previously syntaxed line.
     * - lnum is not before the lines with saved states.
     * - lnum is not past the lines with saved states.
     * - lnum is at or before the last changed line.
     */
    if (VALID_STATE(&current_state) && lnum == current_lnum + 1)
    {
	sp = syn_stack_find_entry(lnum);
	if (sp != NULL && sp->sst_lnum == lnum)
	{
	    /*
	     * finish the previous line (needed when not all of the line was
	     * drawn)
	     */
	    (void)syn_finish_line(FALSE);

	    /*
	     * Compare the current state with the previously saved state of
	     * the line.
	     */
	    if (syn_stack_equal(sp))
		retval = FALSE;

	    /*
	     * Store the current state in b_sst_array[] for later use.
	     */
	    ++current_lnum;
	    (void)store_current_state();
	}
    }

    return retval;
}

/*
 * Finish the current line.
 * This doesn't return any attributes, it only gets the state at the end of
 * the line.  It can start anywhere in the line, as long as the current state
 * is valid.
 */
    static int
syn_finish_line(syncing)
    int	    syncing;		/* called for syncing */
{
    stateitem_T	*cur_si;
    colnr_T	prev_current_col;

    if (!current_finished)
    {
	while (!current_finished)
	{
	    (void)syn_current_attr(syncing, FALSE, NULL, FALSE);
	    /*
	     * When syncing, and found some item, need to check the item.
	     */
	    if (syncing && current_state.ga_len)
	    {
		/*
		 * Check for match with sync item.
		 */
		cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
		if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
			&& (SYN_ITEMS(syn_block)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags
					      & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE)))
		    return TRUE;

		/* syn_current_attr() will have skipped the check for an item
		 * that ends here, need to do that now.  Be careful not to go
		 * past the NUL. */
		prev_current_col = current_col;
		if (syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL)
		    ++current_col;
		check_state_ends();
		current_col = prev_current_col;
	    }
	    ++current_col;
	}
    }
    return FALSE;
}

/*
 * Return highlight attributes for next character.
 * Must first call syntax_start() once for the line.
 * "col" is normally 0 for the first use in a line, and increments by one each
 * time.  It's allowed to skip characters and to stop before the end of the
 * line.  But only a "col" after a previously used column is allowed.
 * When "can_spell" is not NULL set it to TRUE when spell-checking should be
 * done.
 */
    int
get_syntax_attr(col, p_flags, can_spell, keep_state)
    colnr_T	col;
    int		*p_flags UNUSED;
    int		*can_spell;
    int		keep_state;	/* keep state of char at "col" */
{
    int	    attr = 0;

    if (can_spell != NULL)
	/* Default: Only do spelling when there is no @Spell cluster or when
	 * ":syn spell toplevel" was used. */
	*can_spell = syn_block->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_DEFAULT
		    ? (syn_block->b_spell_cluster_id == 0)
		    : (syn_block->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_TOP);

    /* check for out of memory situation */
    if (syn_block->b_sst_array == NULL)
	return 0;

    /* After 'synmaxcol' the attribute is always zero. */
    if (syn_buf->b_p_smc > 0 && col >= (colnr_T)syn_buf->b_p_smc)
    {
	clear_current_state();
#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
	current_id = 0;
	current_trans_id = 0;
#endif
	return 0;
    }

    /* Make sure current_state is valid */
    if (INVALID_STATE(&current_state))
	validate_current_state();

    /*
     * Skip from the current column to "col", get the attributes for "col".
     */
    while (current_col <= col)
    {
	attr = syn_current_attr(FALSE, TRUE, can_spell,
				     current_col == col ? keep_state : FALSE);
	++current_col;
    }

#ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL
    if (p_flags != NULL)
	*p_flags = current_flags;
#endif
    return attr;
}

/*
 * Get syntax attributes for current_lnum, current_col.
 */
    static int
syn_current_attr(syncing, displaying, can_spell, keep_state)
    int		syncing;		/* When 1: called for syncing */
    int		displaying;		/* result will be displayed */
    int		*can_spell;		/* return: do spell checking */
    int		keep_state;		/* keep syntax stack afterwards */
{
    int		syn_id;
    lpos_T	endpos;		/* was: char_u *endp; */
    lpos_T	hl_startpos;	/* was: int hl_startcol; */
    lpos_T	hl_endpos;
    lpos_T	eos_pos;	/* end-of-start match (start region) */
    lpos_T	eoe_pos;	/* end-of-end pattern */
    int		end_idx;	/* group ID for end pattern */
    int		idx;
    synpat_T	*spp;
    stateitem_T	*cur_si, *sip = NULL;
    int		startcol;
    int		endcol;
    long	flags;
    int		cchar;
    short	*next_list;
    int		found_match;		    /* found usable match */
    static int	try_next_column = FALSE;    /* must try in next col */
    int		do_keywords;
    regmmatch_T	regmatch;
    lpos_T	pos;
    int		lc_col;
    reg_extmatch_T *cur_extmatch = NULL;
    char_u	*line;		/* current line.  NOTE: becomes invalid after
				   looking for a pattern match! */

    /* variables for zero-width matches that have a "nextgroup" argument */
    int		keep_next_list;
    int		zero_width_next_list = FALSE;
    garray_T	zero_width_next_ga;

    /*
     * No character, no attributes!  Past end of line?
     * Do try matching with an empty line (could be the start of a region).
     */
    line = syn_getcurline();
    if (line[current_col] == NUL && current_col != 0)
    {
	/*
	 * If we found a match after the last column, use it.
	 */
	if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col >= (int)current_col
						  && next_match_col != MAXCOL)
	    (void)push_next_match(NULL);

	current_finished = TRUE;
	current_state_stored = FALSE;
	return 0;
    }

    /* if the current or next character is NUL, we will finish the line now */
    if (line[current_col] == NUL || line[current_col + 1] == NUL)
    {
	current_finished = TRUE;
	current_state_stored = FALSE;
    }

    /*
     * When in the previous column there was a match but it could not be used
     * (empty match or already matched in this column) need to try again in
     * the next column.
     */
    if (try_next_column)
    {
	next_match_idx = -1;
	try_next_column = FALSE;
    }

    /* Only check for keywords when not syncing and there are some. */
    do_keywords = !syncing
		    && (syn_block->b_keywtab.ht_used > 0
			    || syn_block->b_keywtab_ic.ht_used > 0);

    /* Init the list of zero-width matches with a nextlist.  This is used to
     * avoid matching the same item in the same position twice. */
    ga_init2(&zero_width_next_ga, (int)sizeof(int), 10);

    /*
     * Repeat matching keywords and patterns, to find contained items at the
     * same column.  This stops when there are no extra matches at the current
     * column.
     */
    do
    {
	found_match = FALSE;
	keep_next_list = FALSE;
	syn_id = 0;

	/*
	 * 1. Check for a current state.
	 *    Only when there is no current state, or if the current state may
	 *    contain other things, we need to check for keywords and patterns.
	 *    Always need to check for contained items if some item has the
	 *    "containedin" argument (takes extra time!).
	 */
	if (current_state.ga_len)
	    cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
	else
	    cur_si = NULL;

	if (syn_block->b_syn_containedin || cur_si == NULL
					      || cur_si->si_cont_list != NULL)
	{
	    /*
	     * 2. Check for keywords, if on a keyword char after a non-keyword
	     *	  char.  Don't do this when syncing.
	     */
	    if (do_keywords)
	    {
	      line = syn_getcurline();
	      if (vim_iswordc_buf(line + current_col, syn_buf)
		      && (current_col == 0
			  || !vim_iswordc_buf(line + current_col - 1
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
			      - (has_mbyte
				  ? (*mb_head_off)(line, line + current_col - 1)
				  : 0)
#endif
			       , syn_buf)))
	      {
		syn_id = check_keyword_id(line, (int)current_col,
					 &endcol, &flags, &next_list, cur_si,
					 &cchar);
		if (syn_id != 0)
		{
		    if (push_current_state(KEYWORD_IDX) == OK)
		    {
			cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
			cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
			cur_si->si_h_startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
			cur_si->si_h_startpos.col = 0;	/* starts right away */
			cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
			cur_si->si_m_endpos.col = endcol;
			cur_si->si_h_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
			cur_si->si_h_endpos.col = endcol;
			cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
			cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
			cur_si->si_flags = flags;
#ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL
			cur_si->si_char = cchar;
			if (current_state.ga_len > 1)
			    cur_si->si_flags |=
				  CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 2).si_flags
								 & HL_CONCEAL;
#endif
			cur_si->si_id = syn_id;
			cur_si->si_trans_id = syn_id;
			if (flags & HL_TRANSP)
			{
			    if (current_state.ga_len < 2)
			    {
				cur_si->si_attr = 0;
				cur_si->si_trans_id = 0;
			    }
			    else
			    {
				cur_si->si_attr = CUR_STATE(
					current_state.ga_len - 2).si_attr;
				cur_si->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE(
					current_state.ga_len - 2).si_trans_id;
			    }
			}
			else
			    cur_si->si_attr = syn_id2attr(syn_id);
			cur_si->si_cont_list = NULL;
			cur_si->si_next_list = next_list;
			check_keepend();
		    }
		    else
			vim_free(next_list);
		}
	      }
	    }

	    /*
	     * 3. Check for patterns (only if no keyword found).
	     */
	    if (syn_id == 0 && syn_block->b_syn_patterns.ga_len)
	    {
		/*
		 * If we didn't check for a match yet, or we are past it, check
		 * for any match with a pattern.
		 */
		if (next_match_idx < 0 || next_match_col < (int)current_col)
		{
		    /*
		     * Check all relevant patterns for a match at this
		     * position.  This is complicated, because matching with a
		     * pattern takes quite a bit of time, thus we want to
		     * avoid doing it when it's not needed.
		     */
		    next_match_idx = 0;		/* no match in this line yet */
		    next_match_col = MAXCOL;
		    for (idx = syn_block->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
		    {
			spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_block)[idx]);
			if (	   spp->sp_syncing == syncing
				&& (displaying || !(spp->sp_flags & HL_DISPLAY))
				&& (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH
				    || spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
				&& (current_next_list != NULL
				    ? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list,
							      &spp->sp_syn, 0)
				    : (cur_si == NULL
					? !(spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED)
					: in_id_list(cur_si,
					    cur_si->si_cont_list, &spp->sp_syn,
					    spp->sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED))))
			{
			    /* If we already tried matching in this line, and
			     * there isn't a match before next_match_col, skip
			     * this item. */
			    if (spp->sp_line_id == current_line_id
				    && spp->sp_startcol >= next_match_col)
				continue;
			    spp->sp_line_id = current_line_id;

			    lc_col = current_col - spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
			    if (lc_col < 0)
				lc_col = 0;

			    regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic;
			    regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog;
			    if (!syn_regexec(&regmatch, current_lnum,
							     (colnr_T)lc_col))
			    {
				/* no match in this line, try another one */
				spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL;
				continue;
			    }

			    /*
			     * Compute the first column of the match.
			     */
			    syn_add_start_off(&pos, &regmatch,
							 spp, SPO_MS_OFF, -1);
			    if (pos.lnum > current_lnum)
			    {
				/* must have used end of match in a next line,
				 * we can't handle that */
				spp->sp_startcol = MAXCOL;
				continue;
			    }
			    startcol = pos.col;

			    /* remember the next column where this pattern
			     * matches in the current line */
			    spp->sp_startcol = startcol;

			    /*
			     * If a previously found match starts at a lower
			     * column number, don't use this one.
			     */
			    if (startcol >= next_match_col)
				continue;

			    /*
			     * If we matched this pattern at this position
			     * before, skip it.  Must retry in the next
			     * column, because it may match from there.
			     */
			    if (did_match_already(idx, &zero_width_next_ga))
			    {
				try_next_column = TRUE;
				continue;
			    }

			    endpos.lnum = regmatch.endpos[0].lnum;
			    endpos.col = regmatch.endpos[0].col;

			    /* Compute the highlight start. */
			    syn_add_start_off(&hl_startpos, &regmatch,
							 spp, SPO_HS_OFF, -1);

			    /* Compute the region start. */
			    /* Default is to use the end of the match. */
			    syn_add_end_off(&eos_pos, &regmatch,
							 spp, SPO_RS_OFF, 0);

			    /*
			     * Grab the external submatches before they get
			     * overwritten.  Reference count doesn't change.
			     */
			    unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch);
			    cur_extmatch = re_extmatch_out;
			    re_extmatch_out = NULL;

			    flags = 0;
			    eoe_pos.lnum = 0;	/* avoid warning */
			    eoe_pos.col = 0;
			    end_idx = 0;
			    hl_endpos.lnum = 0;

			    /*
			     * For a "oneline" the end must be found in the
			     * same line too.  Search for it after the end of
			     * the match with the start pattern.  Set the
			     * resulting end positions at the same time.
			     */
			    if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START
					      && (spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE))
			    {
				lpos_T	startpos;

				startpos = endpos;
				find_endpos(idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos,
				    &flags, &eoe_pos, &end_idx, cur_extmatch);
				if (endpos.lnum == 0)
				    continue;	    /* not found */
			    }

			    /*
			     * For a "match" the size must be > 0 after the
			     * end offset needs has been added.  Except when
			     * syncing.
			     */
			    else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH)
			    {
				syn_add_end_off(&hl_endpos, &regmatch, spp,
							       SPO_HE_OFF, 0);
				syn_add_end_off(&endpos, &regmatch, spp,
							       SPO_ME_OFF, 0);
				if (endpos.lnum == current_lnum
				      && (int)endpos.col + syncing < startcol)
				{
				    /*
				     * If an empty string is matched, may need
				     * to try matching again at next column.
				     */
				    if (regmatch.startpos[0].col
						    == regmatch.endpos[0].col)
					try_next_column = TRUE;
				    continue;
				}
			    }

			    /*
			     * keep the best match so far in next_match_*
			     */
			    /* Highlighting must start after startpos and end
			     * before endpos. */
			    if (hl_startpos.lnum == current_lnum
					   && (int)hl_startpos.col < startcol)
				hl_startpos.col = startcol;
			    limit_pos_zero(&hl_endpos, &endpos);

			    next_match_idx = idx;
			    next_match_col = startcol;
			    next_match_m_endpos = endpos;
			    next_match_h_endpos = hl_endpos;
			    next_match_h_startpos = hl_startpos;
			    next_match_flags = flags;
			    next_match_eos_pos = eos_pos;
			    next_match_eoe_pos = eoe_pos;
			    next_match_end_idx = end_idx;
			    unref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch);
			    next_match_extmatch = cur_extmatch;
			    cur_extmatch = NULL;
			}
		    }
		}

		/*
		 * If we found a match at the current column, use it.
		 */
		if (next_match_idx >= 0 && next_match_col == (int)current_col)
		{
		    synpat_T	*lspp;

		    /* When a zero-width item matched which has a nextgroup,
		     * don't push the item but set nextgroup. */
		    lspp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_block)[next_match_idx]);
		    if (next_match_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum
			    && next_match_m_endpos.col == current_col
			    && lspp->sp_next_list != NULL)
		    {
			current_next_list = lspp->sp_next_list;
			current_next_flags = lspp->sp_flags;
			keep_next_list = TRUE;
			zero_width_next_list = TRUE;

			/* Add the index to a list, so that we can check
			 * later that we don't match it again (and cause an
			 * endless loop). */
			if (ga_grow(&zero_width_next_ga, 1) == OK)
			{
			    ((int *)(zero_width_next_ga.ga_data))
				[zero_width_next_ga.ga_len++] = next_match_idx;
			}
			next_match_idx = -1;
		    }
		    else
			cur_si = push_next_match(cur_si);
		    found_match = TRUE;
		}
	    }
	}

	/*
	 * Handle searching for nextgroup match.
	 */
	if (current_next_list != NULL && !keep_next_list)
	{
	    /*
	     * If a nextgroup was not found, continue looking for one if:
	     * - this is an empty line and the "skipempty" option was given
	     * - we are on white space and the "skipwhite" option was given
	     */
	    if (!found_match)
	    {
		line = syn_getcurline();
		if (((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
			    && vim_iswhite(line[current_col]))
			|| ((current_next_flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
			    && *line == NUL))
		    break;
	    }

	    /*
	     * If a nextgroup was found: Use it, and continue looking for
	     * contained matches.
	     * If a nextgroup was not found: Continue looking for a normal
	     * match.
	     * When did set current_next_list for a zero-width item and no
	     * match was found don't loop (would get stuck).
	     */
	    current_next_list = NULL;
	    next_match_idx = -1;
	    if (!zero_width_next_list)
		found_match = TRUE;
	}

    } while (found_match);

    /*
     * Use attributes from the current state, if within its highlighting.
     * If not, use attributes from the current-but-one state, etc.
     */
    current_attr = 0;
#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
    current_id = 0;
    current_trans_id = 0;
#endif
#ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL
    current_flags = 0;
#endif
    if (cur_si != NULL)
    {
#ifndef FEAT_EVAL
	int	current_trans_id = 0;
#endif
	for (idx = current_state.ga_len - 1; idx >= 0; --idx)
	{
	    sip = &CUR_STATE(idx);
	    if ((current_lnum > sip->si_h_startpos.lnum
			|| (current_lnum == sip->si_h_startpos.lnum
			    && current_col >= sip->si_h_startpos.col))
		    && (sip->si_h_endpos.lnum == 0
			|| current_lnum < sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
			|| (current_lnum == sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
			    && current_col < sip->si_h_endpos.col)))
	    {
		current_attr = sip->si_attr;
#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
		current_id = sip->si_id;
#endif
		current_trans_id = sip->si_trans_id;
#ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL
		current_flags = sip->si_flags;
		current_sub_char = sip->si_char;
#endif
		break;
	    }
	}

	if (can_spell != NULL)
	{
	    struct sp_syn   sps;

	    /*
	     * set "can_spell" to TRUE if spell checking is supposed to be
	     * done in the current item.
	     */
	    if (syn_block->b_spell_cluster_id == 0)
	    {
		/* There is no @Spell cluster: Do spelling for items without
		 * @NoSpell cluster. */
		if (syn_block->b_nospell_cluster_id == 0
						     || current_trans_id == 0)
		    *can_spell = (syn_block->b_syn_spell != SYNSPL_NOTOP);
		else
		{
		    sps.inc_tag = 0;
		    sps.id = syn_block->b_nospell_cluster_id;
		    sps.cont_in_list = NULL;
		    *can_spell = !in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0);
		}
	    }
	    else
	    {
		/* The @Spell cluster is defined: Do spelling in items with
		 * the @Spell cluster.  But not when @NoSpell is also there.
		 * At the toplevel only spell check when ":syn spell toplevel"
		 * was used. */
		if (current_trans_id == 0)
		    *can_spell = (syn_block->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_TOP);
		else
		{
		    sps.inc_tag = 0;
		    sps.id = syn_block->b_spell_cluster_id;
		    sps.cont_in_list = NULL;
		    *can_spell = in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0);

		    if (syn_block->b_nospell_cluster_id != 0)
		    {
			sps.id = syn_block->b_nospell_cluster_id;
			if (in_id_list(sip, sip->si_cont_list, &sps, 0))
			    *can_spell = FALSE;
		    }
		}
	    }
	}


	/*
	 * Check for end of current state (and the states before it) at the
	 * next column.  Don't do this for syncing, because we would miss a
	 * single character match.
	 * First check if the current state ends at the current column.  It
	 * may be for an empty match and a containing item might end in the
	 * current column.
	 */
	if (!syncing && !keep_state)
	{
	    check_state_ends();
	    if (current_state.ga_len > 0
				      && syn_getcurline()[current_col] != NUL)
	    {
		++current_col;
		check_state_ends();
		--current_col;
	    }
	}
    }
    else if (can_spell != NULL)
	/* Default: Only do spelling when there is no @Spell cluster or when
	 * ":syn spell toplevel" was used. */
	*can_spell = syn_block->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_DEFAULT
		    ? (syn_block->b_spell_cluster_id == 0)
		    : (syn_block->b_syn_spell == SYNSPL_TOP);

    /* nextgroup ends at end of line, unless "skipnl" or "skipempty" present */
    if (current_next_list != NULL
	    && syn_getcurline()[current_col + 1] == NUL
	    && !(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY)))
	current_next_list = NULL;

    if (zero_width_next_ga.ga_len > 0)
	ga_clear(&zero_width_next_ga);

    /* No longer need external matches.  But keep next_match_extmatch. */
    unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_out);
    re_extmatch_out = NULL;
    unref_extmatch(cur_extmatch);

    return current_attr;
}


/*
 * Check if we already matched pattern "idx" at the current column.
 */
    static int
did_match_already(idx, gap)
    int		idx;
    garray_T	*gap;
{
    int		i;

    for (i = current_state.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
	if (CUR_STATE(i).si_m_startcol == (int)current_col
		&& CUR_STATE(i).si_m_lnum == (int)current_lnum
		&& CUR_STATE(i).si_idx == idx)
	    return TRUE;

    /* Zero-width matches with a nextgroup argument are not put on the syntax
     * stack, and can only be matched once anyway. */
    for (i = gap->ga_len; --i >= 0; )
	if (((int *)(gap->ga_data))[i] == idx)
	    return TRUE;

    return FALSE;
}

/*
 * Push the next match onto the stack.
 */
    static stateitem_T *
push_next_match(cur_si)
    stateitem_T	*cur_si;
{
    synpat_T	*spp;
#ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL
    int		 save_flags;
#endif

    spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_block)[next_match_idx]);

    /*
     * Push the item in current_state stack;
     */
    if (push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK)
    {
	/*
	 * If it's a start-skip-end type that crosses lines, figure out how
	 * much it continues in this line.  Otherwise just fill in the length.
	 */
	cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
	cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos;
	cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
	cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum;
	cur_si->si_flags = spp->sp_flags;
#ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL
	cur_si->si_char = spp->sp_char;
	if (current_state.ga_len > 1)
	    cur_si->si_flags |=
		    CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 2).si_flags & HL_CONCEAL;
#endif
	cur_si->si_next_list = spp->sp_next_list;
	cur_si->si_extmatch = ref_extmatch(next_match_extmatch);
	if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START && !(spp->sp_flags & HL_ONELINE))
	{
	    /* Try to find the end pattern in the current line */
	    update_si_end(cur_si, (int)(next_match_m_endpos.col), TRUE);
	    check_keepend();
	}
	else
	{
	    cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_m_endpos;
	    cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_h_endpos;
	    cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
	    cur_si->si_flags |= next_match_flags;
	    cur_si->si_eoe_pos = next_match_eoe_pos;
	    cur_si->si_end_idx = next_match_end_idx;
	}
	if (keepend_level < 0 && (cur_si->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
	    keepend_level = current_state.ga_len - 1;
	check_keepend();
	update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);

#ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL
	save_flags = cur_si->si_flags & (HL_CONCEAL | HL_CONCEALENDS);
#endif
	/*
	 * If the start pattern has another highlight group, push another item
	 * on the stack for the start pattern.
	 */
	if (	   spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START
		&& spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0
		&& push_current_state(next_match_idx) == OK)
	{
	    cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
	    cur_si->si_h_startpos = next_match_h_startpos;
	    cur_si->si_m_startcol = current_col;
	    cur_si->si_m_lnum = current_lnum;
	    cur_si->si_m_endpos = next_match_eos_pos;
	    cur_si->si_h_endpos = next_match_eos_pos;
	    cur_si->si_ends = TRUE;
	    cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
	    cur_si->si_flags = HL_MATCH;
#ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL
	    cur_si->si_flags |= save_flags;
	    if (cur_si->si_flags & HL_CONCEALENDS)
		cur_si->si_flags |= HL_CONCEAL;
#endif
	    cur_si->si_next_list = NULL;
	    check_keepend();
	    update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);
	}
    }

    next_match_idx = -1;	/* try other match next time */

    return cur_si;
}

/*
 * Check for end of current state (and the states before it).
 */
    static void
check_state_ends()
{
    stateitem_T	*cur_si;
    int		had_extend = FALSE;

    cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);
    for (;;)
    {
	if (cur_si->si_ends
		&& (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum < current_lnum
		    || (cur_si->si_m_endpos.lnum == current_lnum
			&& cur_si->si_m_endpos.col <= current_col)))
	{
	    /*
	     * If there is an end pattern group ID, highlight the end pattern
	     * now.  No need to pop the current item from the stack.
	     * Only do this if the end pattern continues beyond the current
	     * position.
	     */
	    if (cur_si->si_end_idx
		    && (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum > current_lnum
			|| (cur_si->si_eoe_pos.lnum == current_lnum
			    && cur_si->si_eoe_pos.col > current_col)))
	    {
		cur_si->si_idx = cur_si->si_end_idx;
		cur_si->si_end_idx = 0;
		cur_si->si_m_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos;
		cur_si->si_h_endpos = cur_si->si_eoe_pos;
		cur_si->si_flags |= HL_MATCH;
#ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL
		if (cur_si->si_flags & HL_CONCEALENDS)
		    cur_si->si_flags |= HL_CONCEAL;
#endif
		update_si_attr(current_state.ga_len - 1);

		/* what matches next may be different now, clear it */
		next_match_idx = 0;
		next_match_col = MAXCOL;
		break;
	    }
	    else
	    {
		/* handle next_list, unless at end of line and no "skipnl" or
		 * "skipempty" */
		current_next_list = cur_si->si_next_list;
		current_next_flags = cur_si->si_flags;
		if (!(current_next_flags & (HL_SKIPNL | HL_SKIPEMPTY))
			&& syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL)
		    current_next_list = NULL;

		/* When the ended item has "extend", another item with
		 * "keepend" now needs to check for its end. */
		 if (cur_si->si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
		     had_extend = TRUE;

		pop_current_state();

		if (current_state.ga_len == 0)
		    break;

		if (had_extend && keepend_level >= 0)
		{
		    syn_update_ends(FALSE);
		    if (current_state.ga_len == 0)
			break;
		}

		cur_si = &CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1);

		/*
		 * Only for a region the search for the end continues after
		 * the end of the contained item.  If the contained match
		 * included the end-of-line, break here, the region continues.
		 * Don't do this when:
		 * - "keepend" is used for the contained item
		 * - not at the end of the line (could be end="x$"me=e-1).
		 * - "excludenl" is used (HL_HAS_EOL won't be set)
		 */
		if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0
			&& SYN_ITEMS(syn_block)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_type
							       == SPTYPE_START
			&& !(cur_si->si_flags & (HL_MATCH | HL_KEEPEND)))
		{
		    update_si_end(cur_si, (int)current_col, TRUE);
		    check_keepend();
		    if ((current_next_flags & HL_HAS_EOL)
			    && keepend_level < 0
			    && syn_getcurline()[current_col] == NUL)
			break;
		}
	    }
	}
	else
	    break;
    }
}

/*
 * Update an entry in the current_state stack for a match or region.  This
 * fills in si_attr, si_next_list and si_cont_list.
 */
    static void
update_si_attr(idx)
    int	    idx;
{
    stateitem_T	*sip = &CUR_STATE(idx);
    synpat_T	*spp;

    /* This should not happen... */
    if (sip->si_idx < 0)
	return;

    spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_block)[sip->si_idx]);
    if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH)
	sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn_match_id;
    else
	sip->si_id = spp->sp_syn.id;
    sip->si_attr = syn_id2attr(sip->si_id);
    sip->si_trans_id = sip->si_id;
    if (sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH)
	sip->si_cont_list = NULL;
    else
	sip->si_cont_list = spp->sp_cont_list;

    /*
     * For transparent items, take attr from outer item.
     * Also take cont_list, if there is none.
     * Don't do this for the matchgroup of a start or end pattern.
     */
    if ((spp->sp_flags & HL_TRANSP) && !(sip->si_flags & HL_MATCH))
    {
	if (idx == 0)
	{
	    sip->si_attr = 0;
	    sip->si_trans_id = 0;
	    if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL)
		sip->si_cont_list = ID_LIST_ALL;
	}
	else
	{
	    sip->si_attr = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_attr;
	    sip->si_trans_id = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_trans_id;
	    sip->si_h_startpos = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_h_startpos;
	    sip->si_h_endpos = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_h_endpos;
	    if (sip->si_cont_list == NULL)
	    {
		sip->si_flags |= HL_TRANS_CONT;
		sip->si_cont_list = CUR_STATE(idx - 1).si_cont_list;
	    }
	}
    }
}

/*
 * Check the current stack for patterns with "keepend" flag.
 * Propagate the match-end to contained items, until a "skipend" item is found.
 */
    static void
check_keepend()
{
    int		i;
    lpos_T	maxpos;
    lpos_T	maxpos_h;
    stateitem_T	*sip;

    /*
     * This check can consume a lot of time; only do it from the level where
     * there really is a keepend.
     */
    if (keepend_level < 0)
	return;

    /*
     * Find the last index of an "extend" item.  "keepend" items before that
     * won't do anything.  If there is no "extend" item "i" will be
     * "keepend_level" and all "keepend" items will work normally.
     */
    for (i = current_state.ga_len - 1; i > keepend_level; --i)
	if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_EXTEND)
	    break;

    maxpos.lnum = 0;
    maxpos.col = 0;
    maxpos_h.lnum = 0;
    maxpos_h.col = 0;
    for ( ; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
    {
	sip = &CUR_STATE(i);
	if (maxpos.lnum != 0)
	{
	    limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_m_endpos, &maxpos);
	    limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_h_endpos, &maxpos_h);
	    limit_pos_zero(&sip->si_eoe_pos, &maxpos);
	    sip->si_ends = TRUE;
	}
	if (sip->si_ends && (sip->si_flags & HL_KEEPEND))
	{
	    if (maxpos.lnum == 0
		    || maxpos.lnum > sip->si_m_endpos.lnum
		    || (maxpos.lnum == sip->si_m_endpos.lnum
			&& maxpos.col > sip->si_m_endpos.col))
		maxpos = sip->si_m_endpos;
	    if (maxpos_h.lnum == 0
		    || maxpos_h.lnum > sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
		    || (maxpos_h.lnum == sip->si_h_endpos.lnum
			&& maxpos_h.col > sip->si_h_endpos.col))
		maxpos_h = sip->si_h_endpos;
	}
    }
}

/*
 * Update an entry in the current_state stack for a start-skip-end pattern.
 * This finds the end of the current item, if it's in the current line.
 *
 * Return the flags for the matched END.
 */
    static void
update_si_end(sip, startcol, force)
    stateitem_T	*sip;
    int		startcol;   /* where to start searching for the end */
    int		force;	    /* when TRUE overrule a previous end */
{
    lpos_T	startpos;
    lpos_T	endpos;
    lpos_T	hl_endpos;
    lpos_T	end_endpos;
    int		end_idx;

    /* return quickly for a keyword */
    if (sip->si_idx < 0)
	return;

    /* Don't update when it's already done.  Can be a match of an end pattern
     * that started in a previous line.  Watch out: can also be a "keepend"
     * from a containing item. */
    if (!force && sip->si_m_endpos.lnum >= current_lnum)
	return;

    /*
     * We need to find the end of the region.  It may continue in the next
     * line.
     */
    end_idx = 0;
    startpos.lnum = current_lnum;
    startpos.col = startcol;
    find_endpos(sip->si_idx, &startpos, &endpos, &hl_endpos,
		   &(sip->si_flags), &end_endpos, &end_idx, sip->si_extmatch);

    if (endpos.lnum == 0)
    {
	/* No end pattern matched. */
	if (SYN_ITEMS(syn_block)[sip->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_ONELINE)
	{
	    /* a "oneline" never continues in the next line */
	    sip->si_ends = TRUE;
	    sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = current_lnum;
	    sip->si_m_endpos.col = (colnr_T)STRLEN(syn_getcurline());
	}
	else
	{
	    /* continues in the next line */
	    sip->si_ends = FALSE;
	    sip->si_m_endpos.lnum = 0;
	}
	sip->si_h_endpos = sip->si_m_endpos;
    }
    else
    {
	/* match within this line */
	sip->si_m_endpos = endpos;
	sip->si_h_endpos = hl_endpos;
	sip->si_eoe_pos = end_endpos;
	sip->si_ends = TRUE;
	sip->si_end_idx = end_idx;
    }
}

/*
 * Add a new state to the current state stack.
 * It is cleared and the index set to "idx".
 * Return FAIL if it's not possible (out of memory).
 */
    static int
push_current_state(idx)
    int	    idx;
{
    if (ga_grow(&current_state, 1) == FAIL)
	return FAIL;
    vim_memset(&CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len), 0, sizeof(stateitem_T));
    CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len).si_idx = idx;
    ++current_state.ga_len;
    return OK;
}

/*
 * Remove a state from the current_state stack.
 */
    static void
pop_current_state()
{
    if (current_state.ga_len)
    {
	unref_extmatch(CUR_STATE(current_state.ga_len - 1).si_extmatch);
	--current_state.ga_len;
    }
    /* after the end of a pattern, try matching a keyword or pattern */
    next_match_idx = -1;

    /* if first state with "keepend" is popped, reset keepend_level */
    if (keepend_level >= current_state.ga_len)
	keepend_level = -1;
}

/*
 * Find the end of a start/skip/end syntax region after "startpos".
 * Only checks one line.
 * Also handles a match item that continued from a previous line.
 * If not found, the syntax item continues in the next line.  m_endpos->lnum
 * will be 0.
 * If found, the end of the region and the end of the highlighting is
 * computed.
 */
    static void
find_endpos(idx, startpos, m_endpos, hl_endpos, flagsp, end_endpos,
							   end_idx, start_ext)
    int		idx;		/* index of the pattern */
    lpos_T	*startpos;	/* where to start looking for an END match */
    lpos_T	*m_endpos;	/* return: end of match */
    lpos_T	*hl_endpos;	/* return: end of highlighting */
    long	*flagsp;	/* return: flags of matching END */
    lpos_T	*end_endpos;	/* return: end of end pattern match */
    int		*end_idx;	/* return: group ID for end pat. match, or 0 */
    reg_extmatch_T *start_ext;	/* submatches from the start pattern */
{
    colnr_T	matchcol;
    synpat_T	*spp, *spp_skip;
    int		start_idx;
    int		best_idx;
    regmmatch_T	regmatch;
    regmmatch_T	best_regmatch;	    /* startpos/endpos of best match */
    lpos_T	pos;
    char_u	*line;
    int		had_match = FALSE;

    /* just in case we are invoked for a keyword */
    if (idx < 0)
	return;

    /*
     * Check for being called with a START pattern.
     * Can happen with a match that continues to the next line, because it
     * contained a region.
     */
    spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_block)[idx]);
    if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
    {
	*hl_endpos = *startpos;
	return;
    }

    /*
     * Find the SKIP or first END pattern after the last START pattern.
     */
    for (;;)
    {
	spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_block)[idx]);
	if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
	    break;
	++idx;
    }

    /*
     *	Lookup the SKIP pattern (if present)
     */
    if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP)
    {
	spp_skip = spp;
	++idx;
    }
    else
	spp_skip = NULL;

    /* Setup external matches for syn_regexec(). */
    unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in);
    re_extmatch_in = ref_extmatch(start_ext);

    matchcol = startpos->col;	/* start looking for a match at sstart */
    start_idx = idx;		/* remember the first END pattern. */
    best_regmatch.startpos[0].col = 0;		/* avoid compiler warning */
    for (;;)
    {
	/*
	 * Find end pattern that matches first after "matchcol".
	 */
	best_idx = -1;
	for (idx = start_idx; idx < syn_block->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; ++idx)
	{
	    int lc_col = matchcol;

	    spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_block)[idx]);
	    if (spp->sp_type != SPTYPE_END)	/* past last END pattern */
		break;
	    lc_col -= spp->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];
	    if (lc_col < 0)
		lc_col = 0;

	    regmatch.rmm_ic = spp->sp_ic;
	    regmatch.regprog = spp->sp_prog;
	    if (syn_regexec(&regmatch, startpos->lnum, lc_col))
	    {
		if (best_idx == -1 || regmatch.startpos[0].col
					      < best_regmatch.startpos[0].col)
		{
		    best_idx = idx;
		    best_regmatch.startpos[0] = regmatch.startpos[0];
		    best_regmatch.endpos[0] = regmatch.endpos[0];
		}
	    }
	}

	/*
	 * If all end patterns have been tried, and there is no match, the
	 * item continues until end-of-line.
	 */
	if (best_idx == -1)
	    break;

	/*
	 * If the skip pattern matches before the end pattern,
	 * continue searching after the skip pattern.
	 */
	if (spp_skip != NULL)
	{
	    int lc_col = matchcol - spp_skip->sp_offsets[SPO_LC_OFF];

	    if (lc_col < 0)
		lc_col = 0;
	    regmatch.rmm_ic = spp_skip->sp_ic;
	    regmatch.regprog = spp_skip->sp_prog;
	    if (syn_regexec(&regmatch, startpos->lnum, lc_col)
		    && regmatch.startpos[0].col
					     <= best_regmatch.startpos[0].col)
	    {
		/* Add offset to skip pattern match */
		syn_add_end_off(&pos, &regmatch, spp_skip, SPO_ME_OFF, 1);

		/* If the skip pattern goes on to the next line, there is no
		 * match with an end pattern in this line. */
		if (pos.lnum > startpos->lnum)
		    break;

		line = ml_get_buf(syn_buf, startpos->lnum, FALSE);

		/* take care of an empty match or negative offset */
		if (pos.col <= matchcol)
		    ++matchcol;
		else if (pos.col <= regmatch.endpos[0].col)
		    matchcol = pos.col;
		else
		    /* Be careful not to jump over the NUL at the end-of-line */
		    for (matchcol = regmatch.endpos[0].col;
			    line[matchcol] != NUL && matchcol < pos.col;
								   ++matchcol)
			;

		/* if the skip pattern includes end-of-line, break here */
		if (line[matchcol] == NUL)
		    break;

		continue;	    /* start with first end pattern again */
	    }
	}

	/*
	 * Match from start pattern to end pattern.
	 * Correct for match and highlight offset of end pattern.
	 */
	spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(syn_block)[best_idx]);
	syn_add_end_off(m_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_ME_OFF, 1);
	/* can't end before the start */
	if (m_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum && m_endpos->col < startpos->col)
	    m_endpos->col = startpos->col;

	syn_add_end_off(end_endpos, &best_regmatch, spp, SPO_HE_OFF, 1);
	/* can't end before the start */
	if (end_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum
					   && end_endpos->col < startpos->col)
	    end_endpos->col = startpos->col;
	/* can't end after the match */
	limit_pos(end_endpos, m_endpos);

	/*
	 * If the end group is highlighted differently, adjust the pointers.
	 */
	if (spp->sp_syn_match_id != spp->sp_syn.id && spp->sp_syn_match_id != 0)
	{
	    *end_idx = best_idx;
	    if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (SPO_RE_OFF + SPO_COUNT)))
	    {
		hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.endpos[0].lnum;
		hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.endpos[0].col;
	    }
	    else
	    {
		hl_endpos->lnum = best_regmatch.startpos[0].lnum;
		hl_endpos->col = best_regmatch.startpos[0].col;
	    }
	    hl_endpos->col += spp->sp_offsets[SPO_RE_OFF];

	    /* can't end before the start */
	    if (hl_endpos->lnum == startpos->lnum
					    && hl_endpos->col < startpos->col)
		hl_endpos->col = startpos->col;
	    limit_pos(hl_endpos, m_endpos);

	    /* now the match ends where the highlighting ends, it is turned
	     * into the matchgroup for the end */
	    *m_endpos = *hl_endpos;
	}
	else
	{
	    *end_idx = 0;
	    *hl_endpos = *end_endpos;
	}

	*flagsp = spp->sp_flags;

	had_match = TRUE;
	break;
    }

    /* no match for an END pattern in this line */
    if (!had_match)
	m_endpos->lnum = 0;

    /* Remove external matches. */
    unref_extmatch(re_extmatch_in);
    re_extmatch_in = NULL;
}

/*
 * Limit "pos" not to be after "limit".
 */
    static void
limit_pos(pos, limit)
    lpos_T	*pos;
    lpos_T	*limit;
{
    if (pos->lnum > limit->lnum)
	*pos = *limit;
    else if (pos->lnum == limit->lnum && pos->col > limit->col)
	pos->col = limit->col;
}

/*
 * Limit "pos" not to be after "limit", unless pos->lnum is zero.
 */
    static void
limit_pos_zero(pos, limit)
    lpos_T	*pos;
    lpos_T	*limit;
{
    if (pos->lnum == 0)
	*pos = *limit;
    else
	limit_pos(pos, limit);
}

/*
 * Add offset to matched text for end of match or highlight.
 */
    static void
syn_add_end_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra)
    lpos_T	*result;	/* returned position */
    regmmatch_T	*regmatch;	/* start/end of match */
    synpat_T	*spp;		/* matched pattern */
    int		idx;		/* index of offset */
    int		extra;		/* extra chars for offset to start */
{
    int		col;
    int		off;
    char_u	*base;
    char_u	*p;

    if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << idx))
    {
	result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum;
	col = regmatch->startpos[0].col;
	off = spp->sp_offsets[idx] + extra;
    }
    else
    {
	result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum;
	col = regmatch->endpos[0].col;
	off = spp->sp_offsets[idx];
    }
    /* Don't go past the end of the line.  Matters for "rs=e+2" when there
     * is a matchgroup. Watch out for match with last NL in the buffer. */
    if (result->lnum > syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
	col = 0;
    else if (off != 0)
    {
	base = ml_get_buf(syn_buf, result->lnum, FALSE);
	p = base + col;
	if (off > 0)
	{
	    while (off-- > 0 && *p != NUL)
		mb_ptr_adv(p);
	}
	else if (off < 0)
	{
	    while (off++ < 0 && base < p)
		mb_ptr_back(base, p);
	}
	col = (int)(p - base);
    }
    result->col = col;
}

/*
 * Add offset to matched text for start of match or highlight.
 * Avoid resulting column to become negative.
 */
    static void
syn_add_start_off(result, regmatch, spp, idx, extra)
    lpos_T	*result;	/* returned position */
    regmmatch_T	*regmatch;	/* start/end of match */
    synpat_T	*spp;
    int		idx;
    int		extra;	    /* extra chars for offset to end */
{
    int		col;
    int		off;
    char_u	*base;
    char_u	*p;

    if (spp->sp_off_flags & (1 << (idx + SPO_COUNT)))
    {
	result->lnum = regmatch->endpos[0].lnum;
	col = regmatch->endpos[0].col;
	off = spp->sp_offsets[idx] + extra;
    }
    else
    {
	result->lnum = regmatch->startpos[0].lnum;
	col = regmatch->startpos[0].col;
	off = spp->sp_offsets[idx];
    }
    if (result->lnum > syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
    {
	/* a "\n" at the end of the pattern may take us below the last line */
	result->lnum = syn_buf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
	col = (int)STRLEN(ml_get_buf(syn_buf, result->lnum, FALSE));
    }
    if (off != 0)
    {
	base = ml_get_buf(syn_buf, result->lnum, FALSE);
	p = base + col;
	if (off > 0)
	{
	    while (off-- && *p != NUL)
		mb_ptr_adv(p);
	}
	else if (off < 0)
	{
	    while (off++ && base < p)
		mb_ptr_back(base, p);
	}
	col = (int)(p - base);
    }
    result->col = col;
}

/*
 * Get current line in syntax buffer.
 */
    static char_u *
syn_getcurline()
{
    return ml_get_buf(syn_buf, current_lnum, FALSE);
}

/*
 * Call vim_regexec() to find a match with "rmp" in "syn_buf".
 * Returns TRUE when there is a match.
 */
    static int
syn_regexec(rmp, lnum, col)
    regmmatch_T	*rmp;
    linenr_T	lnum;
    colnr_T	col;
{
    rmp->rmm_maxcol = syn_buf->b_p_smc;
    if (vim_regexec_multi(rmp, syn_win, syn_buf, lnum, col, NULL) > 0)
    {
	rmp->startpos[0].lnum += lnum;
	rmp->endpos[0].lnum += lnum;
	return TRUE;
    }
    return FALSE;
}

/*
 * Check one position in a line for a matching keyword.
 * The caller must check if a keyword can start at startcol.
 * Return it's ID if found, 0 otherwise.
 */
    static int
check_keyword_id(line, startcol, endcolp, flagsp, next_listp, cur_si, ccharp)
    char_u	*line;
    int		startcol;	/* position in line to check for keyword */
    int		*endcolp;	/* return: character after found keyword */
    long	*flagsp;	/* return: flags of matching keyword */
    short	**next_listp;	/* return: next_list of matching keyword */
    stateitem_T	*cur_si;	/* item at the top of the stack */
    int		*ccharp UNUSED;	/* conceal substitution char */
{
    keyentry_T	*kp;
    char_u	*kwp;
    int		round;
    int		kwlen;
    char_u	keyword[MAXKEYWLEN + 1]; /* assume max. keyword len is 80 */
    hashtab_T	*ht;
    hashitem_T	*hi;

    /* Find first character after the keyword.  First character was already
     * checked. */
    kwp = line + startcol;
    kwlen = 0;
    do
    {
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
	if (has_mbyte)
	    kwlen += (*mb_ptr2len)(kwp + kwlen);
	else
#endif
	    ++kwlen;
    }
    while (vim_iswordc_buf(kwp + kwlen, syn_buf));

    if (kwlen > MAXKEYWLEN)
	return 0;

    /*
     * Must make a copy of the keyword, so we can add a NUL and make it
     * lowercase.
     */
    vim_strncpy(keyword, kwp, kwlen);

    /*
     * Try twice:
     * 1. matching case
     * 2. ignoring case
     */
    for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
    {
	ht = round == 1 ? &syn_block->b_keywtab : &syn_block->b_keywtab_ic;
	if (ht->ht_used == 0)
	    continue;
	if (round == 2)	/* ignore case */
	    (void)str_foldcase(kwp, kwlen, keyword, MAXKEYWLEN + 1);

	/*
	 * Find keywords that match.  There can be several with different
	 * attributes.
	 * When current_next_list is non-zero accept only that group, otherwise:
	 *  Accept a not-contained keyword at toplevel.
	 *  Accept a keyword at other levels only if it is in the contains list.
	 */
	hi = hash_find(ht, keyword);
	if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
	    for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; kp = kp->ke_next)
	    {
		if (current_next_list != 0
			? in_id_list(NULL, current_next_list, &kp->k_syn, 0)
			: (cur_si == NULL
			    ? !(kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)
			    : in_id_list(cur_si, cur_si->si_cont_list,
				      &kp->k_syn, kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)))
		{
		    *endcolp = startcol + kwlen;
		    *flagsp = kp->flags;
		    *next_listp = kp->next_list;
#ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL
		    *ccharp = kp->k_char;
#endif
		    return kp->k_syn.id;
		}
	    }
    }
    return 0;
}

/*
 * Handle ":syntax conceal" command.
 */
    static void
syn_cmd_conceal(eap, syncing)
    exarg_T	*eap UNUSED;
    int		syncing UNUSED;
{
#ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL
    char_u	*arg = eap->arg;
    char_u	*next;

    eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
    if (eap->skip)
	return;

    next = skiptowhite(arg);
    if (STRNICMP(arg, "on", 2) == 0 && next - arg == 2)
	curwin->w_s->b_syn_conceal = TRUE;
    else if (STRNICMP(arg, "off", 3) == 0 && next - arg == 3)
	curwin->w_s->b_syn_conceal = FALSE;
    else
	EMSG2(_("E390: Illegal argument: %s"), arg);
#endif
}

/*
 * Handle ":syntax case" command.
 */
    static void
syn_cmd_case(eap, syncing)
    exarg_T	*eap;
    int		syncing UNUSED;
{
    char_u	*arg = eap->arg;
    char_u	*next;

    eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
    if (eap->skip)
	return;

    next = skiptowhite(arg);
    if (STRNICMP(arg, "match", 5) == 0 && next - arg == 5)
	curwin->w_s->b_syn_ic = FALSE;
    else if (STRNICMP(arg, "ignore", 6) == 0 && next - arg == 6)
	curwin->w_s->b_syn_ic = TRUE;
    else
	EMSG2(_("E390: Illegal argument: %s"), arg);
}

/*
 * Handle ":syntax spell" command.
 */
    static void
syn_cmd_spell(eap, syncing)
    exarg_T	*eap;
    int		syncing UNUSED;
{
    char_u	*arg = eap->arg;
    char_u	*next;

    eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
    if (eap->skip)
	return;

    next = skiptowhite(arg);
    if (STRNICMP(arg, "toplevel", 8) == 0 && next - arg == 8)
	curwin->w_s->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_TOP;
    else if (STRNICMP(arg, "notoplevel", 10) == 0 && next - arg == 10)
	curwin->w_s->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_NOTOP;
    else if (STRNICMP(arg, "default", 7) == 0 && next - arg == 7)
	curwin->w_s->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_DEFAULT;
    else
	EMSG2(_("E390: Illegal argument: %s"), arg);
}

/*
 * Clear all syntax info for one buffer.
 */
    void
syntax_clear(block)
    synblock_T	*block;
{
    int i;

    block->b_syn_error = FALSE;	    /* clear previous error */
    block->b_syn_ic = FALSE;	    /* Use case, by default */
    block->b_syn_spell = SYNSPL_DEFAULT; /* default spell checking */
    block->b_syn_containedin = FALSE;

    /* free the keywords */
    clear_keywtab(&block->b_keywtab);
    clear_keywtab(&block->b_keywtab_ic);

    /* free the syntax patterns */
    for (i = block->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
	syn_clear_pattern(block, i);
    ga_clear(&block->b_syn_patterns);

    /* free the syntax clusters */
    for (i = block->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
	syn_clear_cluster(block, i);
    ga_clear(&block->b_syn_clusters);
    block->b_spell_cluster_id = 0;
    block->b_nospell_cluster_id = 0;

    block->b_syn_sync_flags = 0;
    block->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0;
    block->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
    block->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0;

    vim_free(block->b_syn_linecont_prog);
    block->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL;
    vim_free(block->b_syn_linecont_pat);
    block->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
    block->b_syn_folditems = 0;
#endif

    /* free the stored states */
    syn_stack_free_all(block);
    invalidate_current_state();
}

/*
 * Get rid of ownsyntax for window "wp".
 */
    void
reset_synblock(wp)
    win_T *wp;
{
    if (wp->w_s != &wp->w_buffer->b_s)
    {
	syntax_clear(wp->w_s);
	vim_free(wp->w_s);
	wp->w_s = &wp->w_buffer->b_s;
    }
}

/*
 * Clear syncing info for one buffer.
 */
    static void
syntax_sync_clear()
{
    int i;

    /* free the syntax patterns */
    for (i = curwin->w_s->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
	if (SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[i].sp_syncing)
	    syn_remove_pattern(curwin->w_s, i);

    curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_flags = 0;
    curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_minlines = 0;
    curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
    curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = 0;

    vim_free(curwin->w_s->b_syn_linecont_prog);
    curwin->w_s->b_syn_linecont_prog = NULL;
    vim_free(curwin->w_s->b_syn_linecont_pat);
    curwin->w_s->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;

    syn_stack_free_all(curwin->w_s);		/* Need to recompute all syntax. */
}

/*
 * Remove one pattern from the buffer's pattern list.
 */
    static void
syn_remove_pattern(block, idx)
    synblock_T	*block;
    int		idx;
{
    synpat_T	*spp;

    spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(block)[idx]);
#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
    if (spp->sp_flags & HL_FOLD)
	--block->b_syn_folditems;
#endif
    syn_clear_pattern(block, idx);
    mch_memmove(spp, spp + 1,
		   sizeof(synpat_T) * (block->b_syn_patterns.ga_len - idx - 1));
    --block->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
}

/*
 * Clear and free one syntax pattern.  When clearing all, must be called from
 * last to first!
 */
    static void
syn_clear_pattern(block, i)
    synblock_T	*block;
    int		i;
{
    vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(block)[i].sp_pattern);
    vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(block)[i].sp_prog);
    /* Only free sp_cont_list and sp_next_list of first start pattern */
    if (i == 0 || SYN_ITEMS(block)[i - 1].sp_type != SPTYPE_START)
    {
	vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(block)[i].sp_cont_list);
	vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(block)[i].sp_next_list);
	vim_free(SYN_ITEMS(block)[i].sp_syn.cont_in_list);
    }
}

/*
 * Clear and free one syntax cluster.
 */
    static void
syn_clear_cluster(block, i)
    synblock_T	*block;
    int		i;
{
    vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(block)[i].scl_name);
    vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(block)[i].scl_name_u);
    vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(block)[i].scl_list);
}

/*
 * Handle ":syntax clear" command.
 */
    static void
syn_cmd_clear(eap, syncing)
    exarg_T	*eap;
    int		syncing;
{
    char_u	*arg = eap->arg;
    char_u	*arg_end;
    int		id;

    eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
    if (eap->skip)
	return;

    /*
     * We have to disable this within ":syn include @group filename",
     * because otherwise @group would get deleted.
     * Only required for Vim 5.x syntax files, 6.0 ones don't contain ":syn
     * clear".
     */
    if (curwin->w_s->b_syn_topgrp != 0)
	return;

    if (ends_excmd(*arg))
    {
	/*
	 * No argument: Clear all syntax items.
	 */
	if (syncing)
	    syntax_sync_clear();
	else
	{
	    syntax_clear(curwin->w_s);
	    if (curwin->w_s == &curwin->w_buffer->b_s)
		do_unlet((char_u *)"b:current_syntax", TRUE);
	    do_unlet((char_u *)"w:current_syntax", TRUE);
	}
    }
    else
    {
	/*
	 * Clear the group IDs that are in the argument.
	 */
	while (!ends_excmd(*arg))
	{
	    arg_end = skiptowhite(arg);
	    if (*arg == '@')
	    {
		id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1));
		if (id == 0)
		{
		    EMSG2(_("E391: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg);
		    break;
		}
		else
		{
		    /*
		     * We can't physically delete a cluster without changing
		     * the IDs of other clusters, so we do the next best thing
		     * and make it empty.
		     */
		    short scl_id = id - SYNID_CLUSTER;

		    vim_free(SYN_CLSTR(curwin->w_s)[scl_id].scl_list);
		    SYN_CLSTR(curwin->w_s)[scl_id].scl_list = NULL;
		}
	    }
	    else
	    {
		id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg));
		if (id == 0)
		{
		    EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg);
		    break;
		}
		else
		    syn_clear_one(id, syncing);
	    }
	    arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
	}
    }
    redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
    syn_stack_free_all(curwin->w_s);		/* Need to recompute all syntax. */
}

/*
 * Clear one syntax group for the current buffer.
 */
    static void
syn_clear_one(id, syncing)
    int		id;
    int		syncing;
{
    synpat_T	*spp;
    int		idx;

    /* Clear keywords only when not ":syn sync clear group-name" */
    if (!syncing)
    {
	(void)syn_clear_keyword(id, &curwin->w_s->b_keywtab);
	(void)syn_clear_keyword(id, &curwin->w_s->b_keywtab_ic);
    }

    /* clear the patterns for "id" */
    for (idx = curwin->w_s->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --idx >= 0; )
    {
	spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx]);
	if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing)
	    continue;
	syn_remove_pattern(curwin->w_s, idx);
    }
}

/*
 * Handle ":syntax on" command.
 */
    static void
syn_cmd_on(eap, syncing)
    exarg_T	*eap;
    int		syncing UNUSED;
{
    syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax");
}

/*
 * Handle ":syntax enable" command.
 */
    static void
syn_cmd_enable(eap, syncing)
    exarg_T	*eap;
    int		syncing UNUSED;
{
    set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"enable");
    syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "syntax");
    do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd", TRUE);
}

/*
 * Handle ":syntax reset" command.
 */
    static void
syn_cmd_reset(eap, syncing)
    exarg_T	*eap;
    int		syncing UNUSED;
{
    eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg);
    if (!eap->skip)
    {
	set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"syntax_cmd", (char_u *)"reset");
	do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim");
	do_unlet((char_u *)"g:syntax_cmd", TRUE);
    }
}

/*
 * Handle ":syntax manual" command.
 */
    static void
syn_cmd_manual(eap, syncing)
    exarg_T	*eap;
    int		syncing UNUSED;
{
    syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "manual");
}

/*
 * Handle ":syntax off" command.
 */
    static void
syn_cmd_off(eap, syncing)
    exarg_T	*eap;
    int		syncing UNUSED;
{
    syn_cmd_onoff(eap, "nosyntax");
}

    static void
syn_cmd_onoff(eap, name)
    exarg_T	*eap;
    char	*name;
{
    char_u	buf[100];

    eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(eap->arg);
    if (!eap->skip)
    {
	STRCPY(buf, "so ");
	vim_snprintf((char *)buf + 3, sizeof(buf) - 3, SYNTAX_FNAME, name);
	do_cmdline_cmd(buf);
    }
}

/*
 * Handle ":syntax [list]" command: list current syntax words.
 */
    static void
syn_cmd_list(eap, syncing)
    exarg_T	*eap;
    int		syncing;	    /* when TRUE: list syncing items */
{
    char_u	*arg = eap->arg;
    int		id;
    char_u	*arg_end;

    eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
    if (eap->skip)
	return;

    if (!syntax_present(curwin))
    {
	MSG(_("No Syntax items defined for this buffer"));
	return;
    }

    if (syncing)
    {
	if (curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_CCOMMENT)
	{
	    MSG_PUTS(_("syncing on C-style comments"));
	    syn_lines_msg();
	    syn_match_msg();
	    return;
	}
	else if (!(curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_flags & SF_MATCH))
	{
	    if (curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_minlines == 0)
		MSG_PUTS(_("no syncing"));
	    else
	    {
		MSG_PUTS(_("syncing starts "));
		msg_outnum(curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_minlines);
		MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line"));
		syn_match_msg();
	    }
	    return;
	}
	MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax sync items ---"));
	if (curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0
		|| curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0
		|| curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0)
	{
	    MSG_PUTS(_("\nsyncing on items"));
	    syn_lines_msg();
	    syn_match_msg();
	}
    }
    else
	MSG_PUTS_TITLE(_("\n--- Syntax items ---"));
    if (ends_excmd(*arg))
    {
	/*
	 * No argument: List all group IDs and all syntax clusters.
	 */
	for (id = 1; id <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++id)
	    syn_list_one(id, syncing, FALSE);
	for (id = 0; id < curwin->w_s->b_syn_clusters.ga_len && !got_int; ++id)
	    syn_list_cluster(id);
    }
    else
    {
	/*
	 * List the group IDs and syntax clusters that are in the argument.
	 */
	while (!ends_excmd(*arg) && !got_int)
	{
	    arg_end = skiptowhite(arg);
	    if (*arg == '@')
	    {
		id = syn_scl_namen2id(arg + 1, (int)(arg_end - arg - 1));
		if (id == 0)
		    EMSG2(_("E392: No such syntax cluster: %s"), arg);
		else
		    syn_list_cluster(id - SYNID_CLUSTER);
	    }
	    else
	    {
		id = syn_namen2id(arg, (int)(arg_end - arg));
		if (id == 0)
		    EMSG2(_(e_nogroup), arg);
		else
		    syn_list_one(id, syncing, TRUE);
	    }
	    arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
	}
    }
    eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg);
}

    static void
syn_lines_msg()
{
    if (curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0
				      || curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0)
    {
	MSG_PUTS("; ");
	if (curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_minlines > 0)
	{
	    MSG_PUTS(_("minimal "));
	    msg_outnum(curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_minlines);
	    if (curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_maxlines)
		MSG_PUTS(", ");
	}
	if (curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_maxlines > 0)
	{
	    MSG_PUTS(_("maximal "));
	    msg_outnum(curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_maxlines);
	}
	MSG_PUTS(_(" lines before top line"));
    }
}

    static void
syn_match_msg()
{
    if (curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_linebreaks > 0)
    {
	MSG_PUTS(_("; match "));
	msg_outnum(curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_linebreaks);
	MSG_PUTS(_(" line breaks"));
    }
}

static int  last_matchgroup;

struct name_list
{
    int		flag;
    char	*name;
};

static void syn_list_flags __ARGS((struct name_list *nl, int flags, int attr));

/*
 * List one syntax item, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name".
 */
    static void
syn_list_one(id, syncing, link_only)
    int		id;
    int		syncing;	    /* when TRUE: list syncing items */
    int		link_only;	    /* when TRUE; list link-only too */
{
    int		attr;
    int		idx;
    int		did_header = FALSE;
    synpat_T	*spp;
    static struct name_list namelist1[] =
		{
		    {HL_DISPLAY, "display"},
		    {HL_CONTAINED, "contained"},
		    {HL_ONELINE, "oneline"},
		    {HL_KEEPEND, "keepend"},
		    {HL_EXTEND, "extend"},
		    {HL_EXCLUDENL, "excludenl"},
		    {HL_TRANSP, "transparent"},
		    {HL_FOLD, "fold"},
#ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL
		    {HL_CONCEAL, "conceal"},
		    {HL_CONCEALENDS, "concealends"},
#endif
		    {0, NULL}
		};
    static struct name_list namelist2[] =
		{
		    {HL_SKIPWHITE, "skipwhite"},
		    {HL_SKIPNL, "skipnl"},
		    {HL_SKIPEMPTY, "skipempty"},
		    {0, NULL}
		};

    attr = hl_attr(HLF_D);		/* highlight like directories */

    /* list the keywords for "id" */
    if (!syncing)
    {
	did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, &curwin->w_s->b_keywtab, FALSE, attr);
	did_header = syn_list_keywords(id, &curwin->w_s->b_keywtab_ic,
							    did_header, attr);
    }

    /* list the patterns for "id" */
    for (idx = 0; idx < curwin->w_s->b_syn_patterns.ga_len && !got_int; ++idx)
    {
	spp = &(SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx]);
	if (spp->sp_syn.id != id || spp->sp_syncing != syncing)
	    continue;

	(void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id);
	did_header = TRUE;
	last_matchgroup = 0;
	if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_MATCH)
	{
	    put_pattern("match", ' ', spp, attr);
	    msg_putchar(' ');
	}
	else if (spp->sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
	{
	    while (SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
		put_pattern("start", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx++], attr);
	    if (SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_SKIP)
		put_pattern("skip", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx++], attr);
	    while (idx < curwin->w_s->b_syn_patterns.ga_len
			      && SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_type == SPTYPE_END)
		put_pattern("end", '=', &SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx++], attr);
	    --idx;
	    msg_putchar(' ');
	}
	syn_list_flags(namelist1, spp->sp_flags, attr);

	if (spp->sp_cont_list != NULL)
	    put_id_list((char_u *)"contains", spp->sp_cont_list, attr);

	if (spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list != NULL)
	    put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin",
					      spp->sp_syn.cont_in_list, attr);

	if (spp->sp_next_list != NULL)
	{
	    put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", spp->sp_next_list, attr);
	    syn_list_flags(namelist2, spp->sp_flags, attr);
	}
	if (spp->sp_flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE))
	{
	    if (spp->sp_flags & HL_SYNC_HERE)
		msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"grouphere", attr);
	    else
		msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"groupthere", attr);
	    msg_putchar(' ');
	    if (spp->sp_sync_idx >= 0)
		msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)
				   [spp->sp_sync_idx].sp_syn.id - 1].sg_name);
	    else
		MSG_PUTS("NONE");
	    msg_putchar(' ');
	}
    }

    /* list the link, if there is one */
    if (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link && (did_header || link_only) && !got_int)
    {
	(void)syn_list_header(did_header, 999, id);
	msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", attr);
	msg_putchar(' ');
	msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name);
    }
}

    static void
syn_list_flags(nl, flags, attr)
    struct name_list	*nl;
    int			flags;
    int			attr;
{
    int		i;

    for (i = 0; nl[i].flag != 0; ++i)
	if (flags & nl[i].flag)
	{
	    msg_puts_attr((char_u *)nl[i].name, attr);
	    msg_putchar(' ');
	}
}

/*
 * List one syntax cluster, for ":syntax" or "syntax list syntax_name".
 */
    static void
syn_list_cluster(id)
    int id;
{
    int	    endcol = 15;

    /* slight hack:  roughly duplicate the guts of syn_list_header() */
    msg_putchar('\n');
    msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curwin->w_s)[id].scl_name);

    if (msg_col >= endcol)	/* output at least one space */
	endcol = msg_col + 1;
    if (Columns <= endcol)	/* avoid hang for tiny window */
	endcol = Columns - 1;

    msg_advance(endcol);
    if (SYN_CLSTR(curwin->w_s)[id].scl_list != NULL)
    {
	put_id_list((char_u *)"cluster", SYN_CLSTR(curwin->w_s)[id].scl_list,
		    hl_attr(HLF_D));
    }
    else
    {
	msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"cluster", hl_attr(HLF_D));
	msg_puts((char_u *)"=NONE");
    }
}

    static void
put_id_list(name, list, attr)
    char_u	*name;
    short	*list;
    int		attr;
{
    short		*p;

    msg_puts_attr(name, attr);
    msg_putchar('=');
    for (p = list; *p; ++p)
    {
	if (*p >= SYNID_ALLBUT && *p < SYNID_TOP)
	{
	    if (p[1])
		MSG_PUTS("ALLBUT");
	    else
		MSG_PUTS("ALL");
	}
	else if (*p >= SYNID_TOP && *p < SYNID_CONTAINED)
	{
	    MSG_PUTS("TOP");
	}
	else if (*p >= SYNID_CONTAINED && *p < SYNID_CLUSTER)
	{
	    MSG_PUTS("CONTAINED");
	}
	else if (*p >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
	{
	    short scl_id = *p - SYNID_CLUSTER;

	    msg_putchar('@');
	    msg_outtrans(SYN_CLSTR(curwin->w_s)[scl_id].scl_name);
	}
	else
	    msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[*p - 1].sg_name);
	if (p[1])
	    msg_putchar(',');
    }
    msg_putchar(' ');
}

    static void
put_pattern(s, c, spp, attr)
    char	*s;
    int		c;
    synpat_T	*spp;
    int		attr;
{
    long	n;
    int		mask;
    int		first;
    static char	*sepchars = "/+=-#@\"|'^&";
    int		i;

    /* May have to write "matchgroup=group" */
    if (last_matchgroup != spp->sp_syn_match_id)
    {
	last_matchgroup = spp->sp_syn_match_id;
	msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"matchgroup", attr);
	msg_putchar('=');
	if (last_matchgroup == 0)
	    msg_outtrans((char_u *)"NONE");
	else
	    msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[last_matchgroup - 1].sg_name);
	msg_putchar(' ');
    }

    /* output the name of the pattern and an '=' or ' ' */
    msg_puts_attr((char_u *)s, attr);
    msg_putchar(c);

    /* output the pattern, in between a char that is not in the pattern */
    for (i = 0; vim_strchr(spp->sp_pattern, sepchars[i]) != NULL; )
	if (sepchars[++i] == NUL)
	{
	    i = 0;	/* no good char found, just use the first one */
	    break;
	}
    msg_putchar(sepchars[i]);
    msg_outtrans(spp->sp_pattern);
    msg_putchar(sepchars[i]);

    /* output any pattern options */
    first = TRUE;
    for (i = 0; i < SPO_COUNT; ++i)
    {
	mask = (1 << i);
	if (spp->sp_off_flags & (mask + (mask << SPO_COUNT)))
	{
	    if (!first)
		msg_putchar(',');	/* separate with commas */
	    msg_puts((char_u *)spo_name_tab[i]);
	    n = spp->sp_offsets[i];
	    if (i != SPO_LC_OFF)
	    {
		if (spp->sp_off_flags & mask)
		    msg_putchar('s');
		else
		    msg_putchar('e');
		if (n > 0)
		    msg_putchar('+');
	    }
	    if (n || i == SPO_LC_OFF)
		msg_outnum(n);
	    first = FALSE;
	}
    }
    msg_putchar(' ');
}

/*
 * List or clear the keywords for one syntax group.
 * Return TRUE if the header has been printed.
 */
    static int
syn_list_keywords(id, ht, did_header, attr)
    int		id;
    hashtab_T	*ht;
    int		did_header;		/* header has already been printed */
    int		attr;
{
    int		outlen;
    hashitem_T	*hi;
    keyentry_T	*kp;
    int		todo;
    int		prev_contained = 0;
    short	*prev_next_list = NULL;
    short	*prev_cont_in_list = NULL;
    int		prev_skipnl = 0;
    int		prev_skipwhite = 0;
    int		prev_skipempty = 0;

    /*
     * Unfortunately, this list of keywords is not sorted on alphabet but on
     * hash value...
     */
    todo = (int)ht->ht_used;
    for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0 && !got_int; ++hi)
    {
	if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
	{
	    --todo;
	    for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL && !got_int; kp = kp->ke_next)
	    {
		if (kp->k_syn.id == id)
		{
		    if (prev_contained != (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED)
			    || prev_skipnl != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL)
			    || prev_skipwhite != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
			    || prev_skipempty != (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
			    || prev_cont_in_list != kp->k_syn.cont_in_list
			    || prev_next_list != kp->next_list)
			outlen = 9999;
		    else
			outlen = (int)STRLEN(kp->keyword);
		    /* output "contained" and "nextgroup" on each line */
		    if (syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id))
		    {
			prev_contained = 0;
			prev_next_list = NULL;
			prev_cont_in_list = NULL;
			prev_skipnl = 0;
			prev_skipwhite = 0;
			prev_skipempty = 0;
		    }
		    did_header = TRUE;
		    if (prev_contained != (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED))
		    {
			msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"contained", attr);
			msg_putchar(' ');
			prev_contained = (kp->flags & HL_CONTAINED);
		    }
		    if (kp->k_syn.cont_in_list != prev_cont_in_list)
		    {
			put_id_list((char_u *)"containedin",
						kp->k_syn.cont_in_list, attr);
			msg_putchar(' ');
			prev_cont_in_list = kp->k_syn.cont_in_list;
		    }
		    if (kp->next_list != prev_next_list)
		    {
			put_id_list((char_u *)"nextgroup", kp->next_list, attr);
			msg_putchar(' ');
			prev_next_list = kp->next_list;
			if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL)
			{
			    msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipnl", attr);
			    msg_putchar(' ');
			    prev_skipnl = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPNL);
			}
			if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE)
			{
			    msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipwhite", attr);
			    msg_putchar(' ');
			    prev_skipwhite = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPWHITE);
			}
			if (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY)
			{
			    msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"skipempty", attr);
			    msg_putchar(' ');
			    prev_skipempty = (kp->flags & HL_SKIPEMPTY);
			}
		    }
		    msg_outtrans(kp->keyword);
		}
	    }
	}
    }

    return did_header;
}

    static void
syn_clear_keyword(id, ht)
    int		id;
    hashtab_T	*ht;
{
    hashitem_T	*hi;
    keyentry_T	*kp;
    keyentry_T	*kp_prev;
    keyentry_T	*kp_next;
    int		todo;

    hash_lock(ht);
    todo = (int)ht->ht_used;
    for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi)
    {
	if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
	{
	    --todo;
	    kp_prev = NULL;
	    for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; )
	    {
		if (kp->k_syn.id == id)
		{
		    kp_next = kp->ke_next;
		    if (kp_prev == NULL)
		    {
			if (kp_next == NULL)
			    hash_remove(ht, hi);
			else
			    hi->hi_key = KE2HIKEY(kp_next);
		    }
		    else
			kp_prev->ke_next = kp_next;
		    vim_free(kp->next_list);
		    vim_free(kp->k_syn.cont_in_list);
		    vim_free(kp);
		    kp = kp_next;
		}
		else
		{
		    kp_prev = kp;
		    kp = kp->ke_next;
		}
	    }
	}
    }
    hash_unlock(ht);
}

/*
 * Clear a whole keyword table.
 */
    static void
clear_keywtab(ht)
    hashtab_T	*ht;
{
    hashitem_T	*hi;
    int		todo;
    keyentry_T	*kp;
    keyentry_T	*kp_next;

    todo = (int)ht->ht_used;
    for (hi = ht->ht_array; todo > 0; ++hi)
    {
	if (!HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
	{
	    --todo;
	    for (kp = HI2KE(hi); kp != NULL; kp = kp_next)
	    {
		kp_next = kp->ke_next;
		vim_free(kp->next_list);
		vim_free(kp->k_syn.cont_in_list);
		vim_free(kp);
	    }
	}
    }
    hash_clear(ht);
    hash_init(ht);
}

/*
 * Add a keyword to the list of keywords.
 */
    static void
add_keyword(name, id, flags, cont_in_list, next_list, conceal_char)
    char_u	*name;	    /* name of keyword */
    int		id;	    /* group ID for this keyword */
    int		flags;	    /* flags for this keyword */
    short	*cont_in_list; /* containedin for this keyword */
    short	*next_list; /* nextgroup for this keyword */
    int		conceal_char;
{
    keyentry_T	*kp;
    hashtab_T	*ht;
    hashitem_T	*hi;
    char_u	*name_ic;
    long_u	hash;
    char_u	name_folded[MAXKEYWLEN + 1];

    if (curwin->w_s->b_syn_ic)
	name_ic = str_foldcase(name, (int)STRLEN(name),
						 name_folded, MAXKEYWLEN + 1);
    else
	name_ic = name;
    kp = (keyentry_T *)alloc((int)(sizeof(keyentry_T) + STRLEN(name_ic)));
    if (kp == NULL)
	return;
    STRCPY(kp->keyword, name_ic);
    kp->k_syn.id = id;
    kp->k_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
    kp->flags = flags;
    kp->k_char = conceal_char;
    kp->k_syn.cont_in_list = copy_id_list(cont_in_list);
    if (cont_in_list != NULL)
	curwin->w_s->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
    kp->next_list = copy_id_list(next_list);

    if (curwin->w_s->b_syn_ic)
	ht = &curwin->w_s->b_keywtab_ic;
    else
	ht = &curwin->w_s->b_keywtab;

    hash = hash_hash(kp->keyword);
    hi = hash_lookup(ht, kp->keyword, hash);
    if (HASHITEM_EMPTY(hi))
    {
	/* new keyword, add to hashtable */
	kp->ke_next = NULL;
	hash_add_item(ht, hi, kp->keyword, hash);
    }
    else
    {
	/* keyword already exists, prepend to list */
	kp->ke_next = HI2KE(hi);
	hi->hi_key = KE2HIKEY(kp);
    }
}

/*
 * Get the start and end of the group name argument.
 * Return a pointer to the first argument.
 * Return NULL if the end of the command was found instead of further args.
 */
    static char_u *
get_group_name(arg, name_end)
    char_u	*arg;		/* start of the argument */
    char_u	**name_end;	/* pointer to end of the name */
{
    char_u	*rest;

    *name_end = skiptowhite(arg);
    rest = skipwhite(*name_end);

    /*
     * Check if there are enough arguments.  The first argument may be a
     * pattern, where '|' is allowed, so only check for NUL.
     */
    if (ends_excmd(*arg) || *rest == NUL)
	return NULL;
    return rest;
}

/*
 * Check for syntax command option arguments.
 * This can be called at any place in the list of arguments, and just picks
 * out the arguments that are known.  Can be called several times in a row to
 * collect all options in between other arguments.
 * Return a pointer to the next argument (which isn't an option).
 * Return NULL for any error;
 */
    static char_u *
get_syn_options(arg, opt, conceal_char)
    char_u	    *arg;		/* next argument to be checked */
    syn_opt_arg_T   *opt;		/* various things */
    int		    *conceal_char UNUSED;
{
    char_u	*gname_start, *gname;
    int		syn_id;
    int		len;
    char	*p;
    int		i;
    int		fidx;
    static struct flag
    {
	char	*name;
	int	argtype;
	int	flags;
    } flagtab[] = { {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNeEdD",	0,	HL_CONTAINED},
		    {"oOnNeElLiInNeE",		0,	HL_ONELINE},
		    {"kKeEeEpPeEnNdD",		0,	HL_KEEPEND},
		    {"eExXtTeEnNdD",		0,	HL_EXTEND},
		    {"eExXcClLuUdDeEnNlL",	0,	HL_EXCLUDENL},
		    {"tTrRaAnNsSpPaArReEnNtT",	0,	HL_TRANSP},
		    {"sSkKiIpPnNlL",		0,	HL_SKIPNL},
		    {"sSkKiIpPwWhHiItTeE",	0,	HL_SKIPWHITE},
		    {"sSkKiIpPeEmMpPtTyY",	0,	HL_SKIPEMPTY},
		    {"gGrRoOuUpPhHeErReE",	0,	HL_SYNC_HERE},
		    {"gGrRoOuUpPtThHeErReE",	0,	HL_SYNC_THERE},
		    {"dDiIsSpPlLaAyY",		0,	HL_DISPLAY},
		    {"fFoOlLdD",		0,	HL_FOLD},
		    {"cCoOnNcCeEaAlL",		0,	HL_CONCEAL},
		    {"cCoOnNcCeEaAlLeEnNdDsS",	0,	HL_CONCEALENDS},
		    {"cCcChHaArR",		11,	0},
		    {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNsS",	1,	0},
		    {"cCoOnNtTaAiInNeEdDiInN",	2,	0},
		    {"nNeExXtTgGrRoOuUpP",	3,	0},
		};
    static char *first_letters = "cCoOkKeEtTsSgGdDfFnN";

    if (arg == NULL)		/* already detected error */
	return NULL;

#ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL
    if (curwin->w_s->b_syn_conceal)
	opt->flags |= HL_CONCEAL;
#endif

    for (;;)
    {
	/*
	 * This is used very often when a large number of keywords is defined.
	 * Need to skip quickly when no option name is found.
	 * Also avoid tolower(), it's slow.
	 */
	if (strchr(first_letters, *arg) == NULL)
	    break;

	for (fidx = sizeof(flagtab) / sizeof(struct flag); --fidx >= 0; )
	{
	    p = flagtab[fidx].name;
	    for (i = 0, len = 0; p[i] != NUL; i += 2, ++len)
		if (arg[len] != p[i] && arg[len] != p[i + 1])
		    break;
	    if (p[i] == NUL && (vim_iswhite(arg[len])
				    || (flagtab[fidx].argtype > 0
					 ? arg[len] == '='
					 : ends_excmd(arg[len]))))
	    {
		if (opt->keyword
			&& (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_DISPLAY
			    || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_FOLD
			    || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_EXTEND))
		    /* treat "display", "fold" and "extend" as a keyword */
		    fidx = -1;
		break;
	    }
	}
	if (fidx < 0)	    /* no match found */
	    break;

	if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 1)
	{
	    if (!opt->has_cont_list)
	    {
		EMSG(_("E395: contains argument not accepted here"));
		return NULL;
	    }
	    if (get_id_list(&arg, 8, &opt->cont_list) == FAIL)
		return NULL;
	}
	else if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 2)
	{
#if 0	    /* cannot happen */
	    if (opt->cont_in_list == NULL)
	    {
		EMSG(_("E396: containedin argument not accepted here"));
		return NULL;
	    }
#endif
	    if (get_id_list(&arg, 11, &opt->cont_in_list) == FAIL)
		return NULL;
	}
	else if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 3)
	{
	    if (get_id_list(&arg, 9, &opt->next_list) == FAIL)
		return NULL;
	}
	else if (flagtab[fidx].argtype == 11 && arg[5] == '=')
	{
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
	    /* cchar=? */
	    if (has_mbyte)
	    {
# ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL
		*conceal_char = mb_ptr2char(arg + 6);
# endif
		arg += mb_ptr2len(arg + 6) - 1;
	    }
	    else
#endif
	    {
#ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL
		*conceal_char = arg[6];
#else
		;
#endif
	    }
	    arg = skipwhite(arg + 7);
	}
	else
	{
	    opt->flags |= flagtab[fidx].flags;
	    arg = skipwhite(arg + len);

	    if (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_SYNC_HERE
		    || flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_SYNC_THERE)
	    {
		if (opt->sync_idx == NULL)
		{
		    EMSG(_("E393: group[t]here not accepted here"));
		    return NULL;
		}
		gname_start = arg;
		arg = skiptowhite(arg);
		if (gname_start == arg)
		    return NULL;
		gname = vim_strnsave(gname_start, (int)(arg - gname_start));
		if (gname == NULL)
		    return NULL;
		if (STRCMP(gname, "NONE") == 0)
		    *opt->sync_idx = NONE_IDX;
		else
		{
		    syn_id = syn_name2id(gname);
		    for (i = curwin->w_s->b_syn_patterns.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
			if (SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[i].sp_syn.id == syn_id
			      && SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[i].sp_type == SPTYPE_START)
			{
			    *opt->sync_idx = i;
			    break;
			}
		    if (i < 0)
		    {
			EMSG2(_("E394: Didn't find region item for %s"), gname);
			vim_free(gname);
			return NULL;
		    }
		}

		vim_free(gname);
		arg = skipwhite(arg);
	    }
#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
	    else if (flagtab[fidx].flags == HL_FOLD
						&& foldmethodIsSyntax(curwin))
		/* Need to update folds later. */
		foldUpdateAll(curwin);
#endif
	}
    }

    return arg;
}

/*
 * Adjustments to syntax item when declared in a ":syn include"'d file.
 * Set the contained flag, and if the item is not already contained, add it
 * to the specified top-level group, if any.
 */
    static void
syn_incl_toplevel(id, flagsp)
    int		id;
    int		*flagsp;
{
    if ((*flagsp & HL_CONTAINED) || curwin->w_s->b_syn_topgrp == 0)
	return;
    *flagsp |= HL_CONTAINED;
    if (curwin->w_s->b_syn_topgrp >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
    {
	/* We have to alloc this, because syn_combine_list() will free it. */
	short	    *grp_list = (short *)alloc((unsigned)(2 * sizeof(short)));
	int	    tlg_id = curwin->w_s->b_syn_topgrp - SYNID_CLUSTER;

	if (grp_list != NULL)
	{
	    grp_list[0] = id;
	    grp_list[1] = 0;
	    syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curwin->w_s)[tlg_id].scl_list, &grp_list,
			 CLUSTER_ADD);
	}
    }
}

/*
 * Handle ":syntax include [@{group-name}] filename" command.
 */
    static void
syn_cmd_include(eap, syncing)
    exarg_T	*eap;
    int		syncing UNUSED;
{
    char_u	*arg = eap->arg;
    int		sgl_id = 1;
    char_u	*group_name_end;
    char_u	*rest;
    char_u	*errormsg = NULL;
    int		prev_toplvl_grp;
    int		prev_syn_inc_tag;
    int		source = FALSE;

    eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
    if (eap->skip)
	return;

    if (arg[0] == '@')
    {
	++arg;
	rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);
	if (rest == NULL)
	{
	    EMSG((char_u *)_("E397: Filename required"));
	    return;
	}
	sgl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg));
	/* separate_nextcmd() and expand_filename() depend on this */
	eap->arg = rest;
    }

    /*
     * Everything that's left, up to the next command, should be the
     * filename to include.
     */
    eap->argt |= (XFILE | NOSPC);
    separate_nextcmd(eap);
    if (*eap->arg == '<' || *eap->arg == '$' || mch_isFullName(eap->arg))
    {
	/* For an absolute path, "$VIM/..." or "<sfile>.." we ":source" the
	 * file.  Need to expand the file name first.  In other cases
	 * ":runtime!" is used. */
	source = TRUE;
	if (expand_filename(eap, syn_cmdlinep, &errormsg) == FAIL)
	{
	    if (errormsg != NULL)
		EMSG(errormsg);
	    return;
	}
    }

    /*
     * Save and restore the existing top-level grouplist id and ":syn
     * include" tag around the actual inclusion.
     */
    prev_syn_inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
    current_syn_inc_tag = ++running_syn_inc_tag;
    prev_toplvl_grp = curwin->w_s->b_syn_topgrp;
    curwin->w_s->b_syn_topgrp = sgl_id;
    if (source ? do_source(eap->arg, FALSE, DOSO_NONE) == FAIL
				: source_runtime(eap->arg, TRUE) == FAIL)
	EMSG2(_(e_notopen), eap->arg);
    curwin->w_s->b_syn_topgrp = prev_toplvl_grp;
    current_syn_inc_tag = prev_syn_inc_tag;
}

/*
 * Handle ":syntax keyword {group-name} [{option}] keyword .." command.
 */
    static void
syn_cmd_keyword(eap, syncing)
    exarg_T	*eap;
    int		syncing UNUSED;
{
    char_u	*arg = eap->arg;
    char_u	*group_name_end;
    int		syn_id;
    char_u	*rest;
    char_u	*keyword_copy;
    char_u	*p;
    char_u	*kw;
    syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
    int		cnt;
    int		conceal_char = NUL;

    rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);

    if (rest != NULL)
    {
	syn_id = syn_check_group(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg));

	/* allocate a buffer, for removing the backslashes in the keyword */
	keyword_copy = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(rest) + 1);
	if (keyword_copy != NULL)
	{
	    syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
	    syn_opt_arg.keyword = TRUE;
	    syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = NULL;
	    syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = FALSE;
	    syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
	    syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;

	    /*
	     * The options given apply to ALL keywords, so all options must be
	     * found before keywords can be created.
	     * 1: collect the options and copy the keywords to keyword_copy.
	     */
	    cnt = 0;
	    p = keyword_copy;
	    for ( ; rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest); rest = skipwhite(rest))
	    {
		rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg, &conceal_char);
		if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest))
		    break;
		/* Copy the keyword, removing backslashes, and add a NUL. */
		while (*rest != NUL && !vim_iswhite(*rest))
		{
		    if (*rest == '\\' && rest[1] != NUL)
			++rest;
		    *p++ = *rest++;
		}
		*p++ = NUL;
		++cnt;
	    }

	    if (!eap->skip)
	    {
		/* Adjust flags for use of ":syn include". */
		syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);

		/*
		 * 2: Add an entry for each keyword.
		 */
		for (kw = keyword_copy; --cnt >= 0; kw += STRLEN(kw) + 1)
		{
		    for (p = vim_strchr(kw, '['); ; )
		    {
			if (p != NULL)
			    *p = NUL;
			add_keyword(kw, syn_id, syn_opt_arg.flags,
				syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list,
					 syn_opt_arg.next_list, conceal_char);
			if (p == NULL)
			    break;
			if (p[1] == NUL)
			{
			    EMSG2(_("E789: Missing ']': %s"), kw);
			    kw = p + 2;		/* skip over the NUL */
			    break;
			}
			if (p[1] == ']')
			{
			    kw = p + 1;		/* skip over the "]" */
			    break;
			}
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
			if (has_mbyte)
			{
			    int l = (*mb_ptr2len)(p + 1);

			    mch_memmove(p, p + 1, l);
			    p += l;
			}
			else
#endif
			{
			    p[0] = p[1];
			    ++p;
			}
		    }
		}
	    }

	    vim_free(keyword_copy);
	    vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
	    vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
	}
    }

    if (rest != NULL)
	eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
    else
	EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);

    redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
    syn_stack_free_all(curwin->w_s);		/* Need to recompute all syntax. */
}

/*
 * Handle ":syntax match {name} [{options}] {pattern} [{options}]".
 *
 * Also ":syntax sync match {name} [[grouphere | groupthere] {group-name}] .."
 */
    static void
syn_cmd_match(eap, syncing)
    exarg_T	*eap;
    int		syncing;	    /* TRUE for ":syntax sync match .. " */
{
    char_u	*arg = eap->arg;
    char_u	*group_name_end;
    char_u	*rest;
    synpat_T	item;		/* the item found in the line */
    int		syn_id;
    int		idx;
    syn_opt_arg_T syn_opt_arg;
    int		sync_idx = 0;
    int		conceal_char = NUL;

    /* Isolate the group name, check for validity */
    rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);

    /* Get options before the pattern */
    syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
    syn_opt_arg.keyword = FALSE;
    syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = syncing ? &sync_idx : NULL;
    syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = TRUE;
    syn_opt_arg.cont_list = NULL;
    syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
    syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;
    rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg, &conceal_char);

    /* get the pattern. */
    init_syn_patterns();
    vim_memset(&item, 0, sizeof(item));
    rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, &item);
    if (vim_regcomp_had_eol() && !(syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_EXCLUDENL))
	syn_opt_arg.flags |= HL_HAS_EOL;

    /* Get options after the pattern */
    rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg, &conceal_char);

    if (rest != NULL)		/* all arguments are valid */
    {
	/*
	 * Check for trailing command and illegal trailing arguments.
	 */
	eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
	if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip)
	    rest = NULL;
	else if (ga_grow(&curwin->w_s->b_syn_patterns, 1) != FAIL
		&& (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg,
					   (int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0)
	{
	    syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
	    /*
	     * Store the pattern in the syn_items list
	     */
	    idx = curwin->w_s->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
	    SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx] = item;
	    SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing;
	    SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_type = SPTYPE_MATCH;
	    SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id;
	    SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
	    SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_flags = syn_opt_arg.flags;
	    SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_sync_idx = sync_idx;
	    SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_cont_list = syn_opt_arg.cont_list;
	    SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list =
						     syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list;
#ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL
	    SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_char = conceal_char;
#endif
	    if (syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list != NULL)
		curwin->w_s->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
	    SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_next_list = syn_opt_arg.next_list;
	    ++curwin->w_s->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;

	    /* remember that we found a match for syncing on */
	    if (syn_opt_arg.flags & (HL_SYNC_HERE|HL_SYNC_THERE))
		curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_MATCH;
#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
	    if (syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_FOLD)
		++curwin->w_s->b_syn_folditems;
#endif

	    redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
	    syn_stack_free_all(curwin->w_s);	/* Need to recompute all syntax. */
	    return;	/* don't free the progs and patterns now */
	}
    }

    /*
     * Something failed, free the allocated memory.
     */
    vim_free(item.sp_prog);
    vim_free(item.sp_pattern);
    vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_list);
    vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
    vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);

    if (rest == NULL)
	EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
}

/*
 * Handle ":syntax region {group-name} [matchgroup={group-name}]
 *		start {start} .. [skip {skip}] end {end} .. [{options}]".
 */
    static void
syn_cmd_region(eap, syncing)
    exarg_T	*eap;
    int		syncing;	    /* TRUE for ":syntax sync region .." */
{
    char_u		*arg = eap->arg;
    char_u		*group_name_end;
    char_u		*rest;			/* next arg, NULL on error */
    char_u		*key_end;
    char_u		*key = NULL;
    char_u		*p;
    int			item;
#define ITEM_START	    0
#define ITEM_SKIP	    1
#define ITEM_END	    2
#define ITEM_MATCHGROUP	    3
    struct pat_ptr
    {
	synpat_T	*pp_synp;		/* pointer to syn_pattern */
	int		pp_matchgroup_id;	/* matchgroup ID */
	struct pat_ptr	*pp_next;		/* pointer to next pat_ptr */
    }			*(pat_ptrs[3]);
					/* patterns found in the line */
    struct pat_ptr	*ppp;
    struct pat_ptr	*ppp_next;
    int			pat_count = 0;		/* nr of syn_patterns found */
    int			syn_id;
    int			matchgroup_id = 0;
    int			not_enough = FALSE;	/* not enough arguments */
    int			illegal = FALSE;	/* illegal arguments */
    int			success = FALSE;
    int			idx;
    syn_opt_arg_T	syn_opt_arg;
    int			conceal_char = NUL;

    /* Isolate the group name, check for validity */
    rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);

    pat_ptrs[0] = NULL;
    pat_ptrs[1] = NULL;
    pat_ptrs[2] = NULL;

    init_syn_patterns();

    syn_opt_arg.flags = 0;
    syn_opt_arg.keyword = FALSE;
    syn_opt_arg.sync_idx = NULL;
    syn_opt_arg.has_cont_list = TRUE;
    syn_opt_arg.cont_list = NULL;
    syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list = NULL;
    syn_opt_arg.next_list = NULL;

    /*
     * get the options, patterns and matchgroup.
     */
    while (rest != NULL && !ends_excmd(*rest))
    {
	/* Check for option arguments */
	rest = get_syn_options(rest, &syn_opt_arg, &conceal_char);
	if (rest == NULL || ends_excmd(*rest))
	    break;

	/* must be a pattern or matchgroup then */
	key_end = rest;
	while (*key_end && !vim_iswhite(*key_end) && *key_end != '=')
	    ++key_end;
	vim_free(key);
	key = vim_strnsave_up(rest, (int)(key_end - rest));
	if (key == NULL)			/* out of memory */
	{
	    rest = NULL;
	    break;
	}
	if (STRCMP(key, "MATCHGROUP") == 0)
	    item = ITEM_MATCHGROUP;
	else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0)
	    item = ITEM_START;
	else if (STRCMP(key, "END") == 0)
	    item = ITEM_END;
	else if (STRCMP(key, "SKIP") == 0)
	{
	    if (pat_ptrs[ITEM_SKIP] != NULL)	/* one skip pattern allowed */
	    {
		illegal = TRUE;
		break;
	    }
	    item = ITEM_SKIP;
	}
	else
	    break;
	rest = skipwhite(key_end);
	if (*rest != '=')
	{
	    rest = NULL;
	    EMSG2(_("E398: Missing '=': %s"), arg);
	    break;
	}
	rest = skipwhite(rest + 1);
	if (*rest == NUL)
	{
	    not_enough = TRUE;
	    break;
	}

	if (item == ITEM_MATCHGROUP)
	{
	    p = skiptowhite(rest);
	    if ((p - rest == 4 && STRNCMP(rest, "NONE", 4) == 0) || eap->skip)
		matchgroup_id = 0;
	    else
	    {
		matchgroup_id = syn_check_group(rest, (int)(p - rest));
		if (matchgroup_id == 0)
		{
		    illegal = TRUE;
		    break;
		}
	    }
	    rest = skipwhite(p);
	}
	else
	{
	    /*
	     * Allocate room for a syn_pattern, and link it in the list of
	     * syn_patterns for this item, at the start (because the list is
	     * used from end to start).
	     */
	    ppp = (struct pat_ptr *)alloc((unsigned)sizeof(struct pat_ptr));
	    if (ppp == NULL)
	    {
		rest = NULL;
		break;
	    }
	    ppp->pp_next = pat_ptrs[item];
	    pat_ptrs[item] = ppp;
	    ppp->pp_synp = (synpat_T *)alloc_clear((unsigned)sizeof(synpat_T));
	    if (ppp->pp_synp == NULL)
	    {
		rest = NULL;
		break;
	    }

	    /*
	     * Get the syntax pattern and the following offset(s).
	     */
	    /* Enable the appropriate \z specials. */
	    if (item == ITEM_START)
		reg_do_extmatch = REX_SET;
	    else if (item == ITEM_SKIP || item == ITEM_END)
		reg_do_extmatch = REX_USE;
	    rest = get_syn_pattern(rest, ppp->pp_synp);
	    reg_do_extmatch = 0;
	    if (item == ITEM_END && vim_regcomp_had_eol()
				       && !(syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_EXCLUDENL))
		ppp->pp_synp->sp_flags |= HL_HAS_EOL;
	    ppp->pp_matchgroup_id = matchgroup_id;
	    ++pat_count;
	}
    }
    vim_free(key);
    if (illegal || not_enough)
	rest = NULL;

    /*
     * Must have a "start" and "end" pattern.
     */
    if (rest != NULL && (pat_ptrs[ITEM_START] == NULL ||
						  pat_ptrs[ITEM_END] == NULL))
    {
	not_enough = TRUE;
	rest = NULL;
    }

    if (rest != NULL)
    {
	/*
	 * Check for trailing garbage or command.
	 * If OK, add the item.
	 */
	eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(rest);
	if (!ends_excmd(*rest) || eap->skip)
	    rest = NULL;
	else if (ga_grow(&(curwin->w_s->b_syn_patterns), pat_count) != FAIL
		&& (syn_id = syn_check_group(arg,
					   (int)(group_name_end - arg))) != 0)
	{
	    syn_incl_toplevel(syn_id, &syn_opt_arg.flags);
	    /*
	     * Store the start/skip/end in the syn_items list
	     */
	    idx = curwin->w_s->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
	    for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item)
	    {
		for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp->pp_next)
		{
		    SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx] = *(ppp->pp_synp);
		    SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_syncing = syncing;
		    SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_type =
			    (item == ITEM_START) ? SPTYPE_START :
			    (item == ITEM_SKIP) ? SPTYPE_SKIP : SPTYPE_END;
		    SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_flags |= syn_opt_arg.flags;
		    SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_syn.id = syn_id;
		    SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_syn.inc_tag = current_syn_inc_tag;
		    SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_syn_match_id =
							ppp->pp_matchgroup_id;
#ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL
		    SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_char = conceal_char;
#endif
		    if (item == ITEM_START)
		    {
			SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_cont_list =
							syn_opt_arg.cont_list;
			SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_syn.cont_in_list =
						     syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list;
			if (syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list != NULL)
			    curwin->w_s->b_syn_containedin = TRUE;
			SYN_ITEMS(curwin->w_s)[idx].sp_next_list =
							syn_opt_arg.next_list;
		    }
		    ++curwin->w_s->b_syn_patterns.ga_len;
		    ++idx;
#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
		    if (syn_opt_arg.flags & HL_FOLD)
			++curwin->w_s->b_syn_folditems;
#endif
		}
	    }

	    redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
	    syn_stack_free_all(curwin->w_s);	/* Need to recompute all syntax. */
	    success = TRUE;	    /* don't free the progs and patterns now */
	}
    }

    /*
     * Free the allocated memory.
     */
    for (item = ITEM_START; item <= ITEM_END; ++item)
	for (ppp = pat_ptrs[item]; ppp != NULL; ppp = ppp_next)
	{
	    if (!success)
	    {
		vim_free(ppp->pp_synp->sp_prog);
		vim_free(ppp->pp_synp->sp_pattern);
	    }
	    vim_free(ppp->pp_synp);
	    ppp_next = ppp->pp_next;
	    vim_free(ppp);
	}

    if (!success)
    {
	vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_list);
	vim_free(syn_opt_arg.cont_in_list);
	vim_free(syn_opt_arg.next_list);
	if (not_enough)
	    EMSG2(_("E399: Not enough arguments: syntax region %s"), arg);
	else if (illegal || rest == NULL)
	    EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
    }
}

/*
 * A simple syntax group ID comparison function suitable for use in qsort()
 */
    static int
#ifdef __BORLANDC__
_RTLENTRYF
#endif
syn_compare_stub(v1, v2)
    const void	*v1;
    const void	*v2;
{
    const short	*s1 = v1;
    const short	*s2 = v2;

    return (*s1 > *s2 ? 1 : *s1 < *s2 ? -1 : 0);
}

/*
 * Combines lists of syntax clusters.
 * *clstr1 and *clstr2 must both be allocated memory; they will be consumed.
 */
    static void
syn_combine_list(clstr1, clstr2, list_op)
    short	**clstr1;
    short	**clstr2;
    int		list_op;
{
    int		count1 = 0;
    int		count2 = 0;
    short	*g1;
    short	*g2;
    short	*clstr = NULL;
    int		count;
    int		round;

    /*
     * Handle degenerate cases.
     */
    if (*clstr2 == NULL)
	return;
    if (*clstr1 == NULL || list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE)
    {
	if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE)
	    vim_free(*clstr1);
	if (list_op == CLUSTER_REPLACE || list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
	    *clstr1 = *clstr2;
	else
	    vim_free(*clstr2);
	return;
    }

    for (g1 = *clstr1; *g1; g1++)
	++count1;
    for (g2 = *clstr2; *g2; g2++)
	++count2;

    /*
     * For speed purposes, sort both lists.
     */
    qsort(*clstr1, (size_t)count1, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub);
    qsort(*clstr2, (size_t)count2, sizeof(short), syn_compare_stub);

    /*
     * We proceed in two passes; in round 1, we count the elements to place
     * in the new list, and in round 2, we allocate and populate the new
     * list.  For speed, we use a mergesort-like method, adding the smaller
     * of the current elements in each list to the new list.
     */
    for (round = 1; round <= 2; round++)
    {
	g1 = *clstr1;
	g2 = *clstr2;
	count = 0;

	/*
	 * First, loop through the lists until one of them is empty.
	 */
	while (*g1 && *g2)
	{
	    /*
	     * We always want to add from the first list.
	     */
	    if (*g1 < *g2)
	    {
		if (round == 2)
		    clstr[count] = *g1;
		count++;
		g1++;
		continue;
	    }
	    /*
	     * We only want to add from the second list if we're adding the
	     * lists.
	     */
	    if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
	    {
		if (round == 2)
		    clstr[count] = *g2;
		count++;
	    }
	    if (*g1 == *g2)
		g1++;
	    g2++;
	}

	/*
	 * Now add the leftovers from whichever list didn't get finished
	 * first.  As before, we only want to add from the second list if
	 * we're adding the lists.
	 */
	for (; *g1; g1++, count++)
	    if (round == 2)
		clstr[count] = *g1;
	if (list_op == CLUSTER_ADD)
	    for (; *g2; g2++, count++)
		if (round == 2)
		    clstr[count] = *g2;

	if (round == 1)
	{
	    /*
	     * If the group ended up empty, we don't need to allocate any
	     * space for it.
	     */
	    if (count == 0)
	    {
		clstr = NULL;
		break;
	    }
	    clstr = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short)));
	    if (clstr == NULL)
		break;
	    clstr[count] = 0;
	}
    }

    /*
     * Finally, put the new list in place.
     */
    vim_free(*clstr1);
    vim_free(*clstr2);
    *clstr1 = clstr;
}

/*
 * Lookup a syntax cluster name and return it's ID.
 * If it is not found, 0 is returned.
 */
    static int
syn_scl_name2id(name)
    char_u	*name;
{
    int		i;
    char_u	*name_u;

    /* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */
    name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
    if (name_u == NULL)
	return 0;
    for (i = curwin->w_s->b_syn_clusters.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
	if (SYN_CLSTR(curwin->w_s)[i].scl_name_u != NULL
		&& STRCMP(name_u, SYN_CLSTR(curwin->w_s)[i].scl_name_u) == 0)
	    break;
    vim_free(name_u);
    return (i < 0 ? 0 : i + SYNID_CLUSTER);
}

/*
 * Like syn_scl_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument.
 */
    static int
syn_scl_namen2id(linep, len)
    char_u  *linep;
    int	    len;
{
    char_u  *name;
    int	    id = 0;

    name = vim_strnsave(linep, len);
    if (name != NULL)
    {
	id = syn_scl_name2id(name);
	vim_free(name);
    }
    return id;
}

/*
 * Find syntax cluster name in the table and return it's ID.
 * The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name.
 * If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created.
 * Return 0 for failure.
 */
    static int
syn_check_cluster(pp, len)
    char_u	*pp;
    int		len;
{
    int		id;
    char_u	*name;

    name = vim_strnsave(pp, len);
    if (name == NULL)
	return 0;

    id = syn_scl_name2id(name);
    if (id == 0)			/* doesn't exist yet */
	id = syn_add_cluster(name);
    else
	vim_free(name);
    return id;
}

/*
 * Add new syntax cluster and return it's ID.
 * "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed.
 * Return 0 for failure.
 */
    static int
syn_add_cluster(name)
    char_u	*name;
{
    int		len;

    /*
     * First call for this growarray: init growing array.
     */
    if (curwin->w_s->b_syn_clusters.ga_data == NULL)
    {
	curwin->w_s->b_syn_clusters.ga_itemsize = sizeof(syn_cluster_T);
	curwin->w_s->b_syn_clusters.ga_growsize = 10;
    }

    /*
     * Make room for at least one other cluster entry.
     */
    if (ga_grow(&curwin->w_s->b_syn_clusters, 1) == FAIL)
    {
	vim_free(name);
	return 0;
    }
    len = curwin->w_s->b_syn_clusters.ga_len;

    vim_memset(&(SYN_CLSTR(curwin->w_s)[len]), 0, sizeof(syn_cluster_T));
    SYN_CLSTR(curwin->w_s)[len].scl_name = name;
    SYN_CLSTR(curwin->w_s)[len].scl_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
    SYN_CLSTR(curwin->w_s)[len].scl_list = NULL;
    ++curwin->w_s->b_syn_clusters.ga_len;

    if (STRICMP(name, "Spell") == 0)
	curwin->w_s->b_spell_cluster_id = len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
    if (STRICMP(name, "NoSpell") == 0)
	curwin->w_s->b_nospell_cluster_id = len + SYNID_CLUSTER;

    return len + SYNID_CLUSTER;
}

/*
 * Handle ":syntax cluster {cluster-name} [contains={groupname},..]
 *		[add={groupname},..] [remove={groupname},..]".
 */
    static void
syn_cmd_cluster(eap, syncing)
    exarg_T	*eap;
    int		syncing UNUSED;
{
    char_u	*arg = eap->arg;
    char_u	*group_name_end;
    char_u	*rest;
    int		scl_id;
    short	*clstr_list;
    int		got_clstr = FALSE;
    int		opt_len;
    int		list_op;

    eap->nextcmd = find_nextcmd(arg);
    if (eap->skip)
	return;

    rest = get_group_name(arg, &group_name_end);

    if (rest != NULL)
    {
	scl_id = syn_check_cluster(arg, (int)(group_name_end - arg))
							      - SYNID_CLUSTER;

	for (;;)
	{
	    if (STRNICMP(rest, "add", 3) == 0
		    && (vim_iswhite(rest[3]) || rest[3] == '='))
	    {
		opt_len = 3;
		list_op = CLUSTER_ADD;
	    }
	    else if (STRNICMP(rest, "remove", 6) == 0
		    && (vim_iswhite(rest[6]) || rest[6] == '='))
	    {
		opt_len = 6;
		list_op = CLUSTER_SUBTRACT;
	    }
	    else if (STRNICMP(rest, "contains", 8) == 0
			&& (vim_iswhite(rest[8]) || rest[8] == '='))
	    {
		opt_len = 8;
		list_op = CLUSTER_REPLACE;
	    }
	    else
		break;

	    clstr_list = NULL;
	    if (get_id_list(&rest, opt_len, &clstr_list) == FAIL)
	    {
		EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), rest);
		break;
	    }
	    syn_combine_list(&SYN_CLSTR(curwin->w_s)[scl_id].scl_list,
			     &clstr_list, list_op);
	    got_clstr = TRUE;
	}

	if (got_clstr)
	{
	    redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
	    syn_stack_free_all(curwin->w_s);	/* Need to recompute all syntax. */
	}
    }

    if (!got_clstr)
	EMSG(_("E400: No cluster specified"));
    if (rest == NULL || !ends_excmd(*rest))
	EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
}

/*
 * On first call for current buffer: Init growing array.
 */
    static void
init_syn_patterns()
{
    curwin->w_s->b_syn_patterns.ga_itemsize = sizeof(synpat_T);
    curwin->w_s->b_syn_patterns.ga_growsize = 10;
}

/*
 * Get one pattern for a ":syntax match" or ":syntax region" command.
 * Stores the pattern and program in a synpat_T.
 * Returns a pointer to the next argument, or NULL in case of an error.
 */
    static char_u *
get_syn_pattern(arg, ci)
    char_u	*arg;
    synpat_T	*ci;
{
    char_u	*end;
    int		*p;
    int		idx;
    char_u	*cpo_save;

    /* need at least three chars */
    if (arg == NULL || arg[1] == NUL || arg[2] == NUL)
	return NULL;

    end = skip_regexp(arg + 1, *arg, TRUE, NULL);
    if (*end != *arg)			    /* end delimiter not found */
    {
	EMSG2(_("E401: Pattern delimiter not found: %s"), arg);
	return NULL;
    }
    /* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */
    if ((ci->sp_pattern = vim_strnsave(arg + 1, (int)(end - arg - 1))) == NULL)
	return NULL;

    /* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */
    cpo_save = p_cpo;
    p_cpo = (char_u *)"";
    ci->sp_prog = vim_regcomp(ci->sp_pattern, RE_MAGIC);
    p_cpo = cpo_save;

    if (ci->sp_prog == NULL)
	return NULL;
    ci->sp_ic = curwin->w_s->b_syn_ic;

    /*
     * Check for a match, highlight or region offset.
     */
    ++end;
    do
    {
	for (idx = SPO_COUNT; --idx >= 0; )
	    if (STRNCMP(end, spo_name_tab[idx], 3) == 0)
		break;
	if (idx >= 0)
	{
	    p = &(ci->sp_offsets[idx]);
	    if (idx != SPO_LC_OFF)
		switch (end[3])
		{
		    case 's':   break;
		    case 'b':   break;
		    case 'e':   idx += SPO_COUNT; break;
		    default:    idx = -1; break;
		}
	    if (idx >= 0)
	    {
		ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << idx);
		if (idx == SPO_LC_OFF)	    /* lc=99 */
		{
		    end += 3;
		    *p = getdigits(&end);

		    /* "lc=" offset automatically sets "ms=" offset */
		    if (!(ci->sp_off_flags & (1 << SPO_MS_OFF)))
		    {
			ci->sp_off_flags |= (1 << SPO_MS_OFF);
			ci->sp_offsets[SPO_MS_OFF] = *p;
		    }
		}
		else			    /* yy=x+99 */
		{
		    end += 4;
		    if (*end == '+')
		    {
			++end;
			*p = getdigits(&end);		/* positive offset */
		    }
		    else if (*end == '-')
		    {
			++end;
			*p = -getdigits(&end);		/* negative offset */
		    }
		}
		if (*end != ',')
		    break;
		++end;
	    }
	}
    } while (idx >= 0);

    if (!ends_excmd(*end) && !vim_iswhite(*end))
    {
	EMSG2(_("E402: Garbage after pattern: %s"), arg);
	return NULL;
    }
    return skipwhite(end);
}

/*
 * Handle ":syntax sync .." command.
 */
    static void
syn_cmd_sync(eap, syncing)
    exarg_T	*eap;
    int		syncing UNUSED;
{
    char_u	*arg_start = eap->arg;
    char_u	*arg_end;
    char_u	*key = NULL;
    char_u	*next_arg;
    int		illegal = FALSE;
    int		finished = FALSE;
    long	n;
    char_u	*cpo_save;

    if (ends_excmd(*arg_start))
    {
	syn_cmd_list(eap, TRUE);
	return;
    }

    while (!ends_excmd(*arg_start))
    {
	arg_end = skiptowhite(arg_start);
	next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
	vim_free(key);
	key = vim_strnsave_up(arg_start, (int)(arg_end - arg_start));
	if (STRCMP(key, "CCOMMENT") == 0)
	{
	    if (!eap->skip)
		curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_flags |= SF_CCOMMENT;
	    if (!ends_excmd(*next_arg))
	    {
		arg_end = skiptowhite(next_arg);
		if (!eap->skip)
		    curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_id = syn_check_group(next_arg,
						   (int)(arg_end - next_arg));
		next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end);
	    }
	    else if (!eap->skip)
		curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Comment");
	}
	else if (  STRNCMP(key, "LINES", 5) == 0
		|| STRNCMP(key, "MINLINES", 8) == 0
		|| STRNCMP(key, "MAXLINES", 8) == 0
		|| STRNCMP(key, "LINEBREAKS", 10) == 0)
	{
	    if (key[4] == 'S')
		arg_end = key + 6;
	    else if (key[0] == 'L')
		arg_end = key + 11;
	    else
		arg_end = key + 9;
	    if (arg_end[-1] != '=' || !VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg_end))
	    {
		illegal = TRUE;
		break;
	    }
	    n = getdigits(&arg_end);
	    if (!eap->skip)
	    {
		if (key[4] == 'B')
		    curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_linebreaks = n;
		else if (key[1] == 'A')
		    curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_maxlines = n;
		else
		    curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_minlines = n;
	    }
	}
	else if (STRCMP(key, "FROMSTART") == 0)
	{
	    if (!eap->skip)
	    {
		curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_minlines = MAXLNUM;
		curwin->w_s->b_syn_sync_maxlines = 0;
	    }
	}
	else if (STRCMP(key, "LINECONT") == 0)
	{
	    if (curwin->w_s->b_syn_linecont_pat != NULL)
	    {
		EMSG(_("E403: syntax sync: line continuations pattern specified twice"));
		finished = TRUE;
		break;
	    }
	    arg_end = skip_regexp(next_arg + 1, *next_arg, TRUE, NULL);
	    if (*arg_end != *next_arg)	    /* end delimiter not found */
	    {
		illegal = TRUE;
		break;
	    }

	    if (!eap->skip)
	    {
		/* store the pattern and compiled regexp program */
		if ((curwin->w_s->b_syn_linecont_pat = vim_strnsave(next_arg + 1,
				      (int)(arg_end - next_arg - 1))) == NULL)
		{
		    finished = TRUE;
		    break;
		}
		curwin->w_s->b_syn_linecont_ic = curwin->w_s->b_syn_ic;

		/* Make 'cpoptions' empty, to avoid the 'l' flag */
		cpo_save = p_cpo;
		p_cpo = (char_u *)"";
		curwin->w_s->b_syn_linecont_prog =
			    vim_regcomp(curwin->w_s->b_syn_linecont_pat, RE_MAGIC);
		p_cpo = cpo_save;

		if (curwin->w_s->b_syn_linecont_prog == NULL)
		{
		    vim_free(curwin->w_s->b_syn_linecont_pat);
		    curwin->w_s->b_syn_linecont_pat = NULL;
		    finished = TRUE;
		    break;
		}
	    }
	    next_arg = skipwhite(arg_end + 1);
	}
	else
	{
	    eap->arg = next_arg;
	    if (STRCMP(key, "MATCH") == 0)
		syn_cmd_match(eap, TRUE);
	    else if (STRCMP(key, "REGION") == 0)
		syn_cmd_region(eap, TRUE);
	    else if (STRCMP(key, "CLEAR") == 0)
		syn_cmd_clear(eap, TRUE);
	    else
		illegal = TRUE;
	    finished = TRUE;
	    break;
	}
	arg_start = next_arg;
    }
    vim_free(key);
    if (illegal)
	EMSG2(_("E404: Illegal arguments: %s"), arg_start);
    else if (!finished)
    {
	eap->nextcmd = check_nextcmd(arg_start);
	redraw_curbuf_later(SOME_VALID);
	syn_stack_free_all(curwin->w_s);	/* Need to recompute all syntax. */
    }
}

/*
 * Convert a line of highlight group names into a list of group ID numbers.
 * "arg" should point to the "contains" or "nextgroup" keyword.
 * "arg" is advanced to after the last group name.
 * Careful: the argument is modified (NULs added).
 * returns FAIL for some error, OK for success.
 */
    static int
get_id_list(arg, keylen, list)
    char_u	**arg;
    int		keylen;		/* length of keyword */
    short	**list;		/* where to store the resulting list, if not
				   NULL, the list is silently skipped! */
{
    char_u	*p = NULL;
    char_u	*end;
    int		round;
    int		count;
    int		total_count = 0;
    short	*retval = NULL;
    char_u	*name;
    regmatch_T	regmatch;
    int		id;
    int		i;
    int		failed = FALSE;

    /*
     * We parse the list twice:
     * round == 1: count the number of items, allocate the array.
     * round == 2: fill the array with the items.
     * In round 1 new groups may be added, causing the number of items to
     * grow when a regexp is used.  In that case round 1 is done once again.
     */
    for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
    {
	/*
	 * skip "contains"
	 */
	p = skipwhite(*arg + keylen);
	if (*p != '=')
	{
	    EMSG2(_("E405: Missing equal sign: %s"), *arg);
	    break;
	}
	p = skipwhite(p + 1);
	if (ends_excmd(*p))
	{
	    EMSG2(_("E406: Empty argument: %s"), *arg);
	    break;
	}

	/*
	 * parse the arguments after "contains"
	 */
	count = 0;
	while (!ends_excmd(*p))
	{
	    for (end = p; *end && !vim_iswhite(*end) && *end != ','; ++end)
		;
	    name = alloc((int)(end - p + 3));	    /* leave room for "^$" */
	    if (name == NULL)
	    {
		failed = TRUE;
		break;
	    }
	    vim_strncpy(name + 1, p, end - p);
	    if (       STRCMP(name + 1, "ALLBUT") == 0
		    || STRCMP(name + 1, "ALL") == 0
		    || STRCMP(name + 1, "TOP") == 0
		    || STRCMP(name + 1, "CONTAINED") == 0)
	    {
		if (TOUPPER_ASC(**arg) != 'C')
		{
		    EMSG2(_("E407: %s not allowed here"), name + 1);
		    failed = TRUE;
		    vim_free(name);
		    break;
		}
		if (count != 0)
		{
		    EMSG2(_("E408: %s must be first in contains list"), name + 1);
		    failed = TRUE;
		    vim_free(name);
		    break;
		}
		if (name[1] == 'A')
		    id = SYNID_ALLBUT;
		else if (name[1] == 'T')
		    id = SYNID_TOP;
		else
		    id = SYNID_CONTAINED;
		id += current_syn_inc_tag;
	    }
	    else if (name[1] == '@')
	    {
		id = syn_check_cluster(name + 2, (int)(end - p - 1));
	    }
	    else
	    {
		/*
		 * Handle full group name.
		 */
		if (vim_strpbrk(name + 1, (char_u *)"\\.*^$~[") == NULL)
		    id = syn_check_group(name + 1, (int)(end - p));
		else
		{
		    /*
		     * Handle match of regexp with group names.
		     */
		    *name = '^';
		    STRCAT(name, "$");
		    regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(name, RE_MAGIC);
		    if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
		    {
			failed = TRUE;
			vim_free(name);
			break;
		    }

		    regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE;
		    id = 0;
		    for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
		    {
			if (vim_regexec(&regmatch, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name,
								  (colnr_T)0))
			{
			    if (round == 2)
			    {
				/* Got more items than expected; can happen
				 * when adding items that match:
				 * "contains=a.*b,axb".
				 * Go back to first round */
				if (count >= total_count)
				{
				    vim_free(retval);
				    round = 1;
				}
				else
				    retval[count] = i + 1;
			    }
			    ++count;
			    id = -1;	    /* remember that we found one */
			}
		    }
		    vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
		}
	    }
	    vim_free(name);
	    if (id == 0)
	    {
		EMSG2(_("E409: Unknown group name: %s"), p);
		failed = TRUE;
		break;
	    }
	    if (id > 0)
	    {
		if (round == 2)
		{
		    /* Got more items than expected, go back to first round */
		    if (count >= total_count)
		    {
			vim_free(retval);
			round = 1;
		    }
		    else
			retval[count] = id;
		}
		++count;
	    }
	    p = skipwhite(end);
	    if (*p != ',')
		break;
	    p = skipwhite(p + 1);	/* skip comma in between arguments */
	}
	if (failed)
	    break;
	if (round == 1)
	{
	    retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)((count + 1) * sizeof(short)));
	    if (retval == NULL)
		break;
	    retval[count] = 0;	    /* zero means end of the list */
	    total_count = count;
	}
    }

    *arg = p;
    if (failed || retval == NULL)
    {
	vim_free(retval);
	return FAIL;
    }

    if (*list == NULL)
	*list = retval;
    else
	vim_free(retval);	/* list already found, don't overwrite it */

    return OK;
}

/*
 * Make a copy of an ID list.
 */
    static short *
copy_id_list(list)
    short   *list;
{
    int	    len;
    int	    count;
    short   *retval;

    if (list == NULL)
	return NULL;

    for (count = 0; list[count]; ++count)
	;
    len = (count + 1) * sizeof(short);
    retval = (short *)alloc((unsigned)len);
    if (retval != NULL)
	mch_memmove(retval, list, (size_t)len);

    return retval;
}

/*
 * Check if syntax group "ssp" is in the ID list "list" of "cur_si".
 * "cur_si" can be NULL if not checking the "containedin" list.
 * Used to check if a syntax item is in the "contains" or "nextgroup" list of
 * the current item.
 * This function is called very often, keep it fast!!
 */
    static int
in_id_list(cur_si, list, ssp, contained)
    stateitem_T	*cur_si;	/* current item or NULL */
    short	*list;		/* id list */
    struct sp_syn *ssp;		/* group id and ":syn include" tag of group */
    int		contained;	/* group id is contained */
{
    int		retval;
    short	*scl_list;
    short	item;
    short	id = ssp->id;
    static int	depth = 0;
    int		r;

    /* If spp has a "containedin" list and "cur_si" is in it, return TRUE. */
    if (cur_si != NULL && ssp->cont_in_list != NULL
					    && !(cur_si->si_flags & HL_MATCH))
    {
	/* Ignore transparent items without a contains argument.  Double check
	 * that we don't go back past the first one. */
	while ((cur_si->si_flags & HL_TRANS_CONT)
		&& cur_si > (stateitem_T *)(current_state.ga_data))
	    --cur_si;
	/* cur_si->si_idx is -1 for keywords, these never contain anything. */
	if (cur_si->si_idx >= 0 && in_id_list(NULL, ssp->cont_in_list,
		&(SYN_ITEMS(syn_block)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_syn),
		  SYN_ITEMS(syn_block)[cur_si->si_idx].sp_flags & HL_CONTAINED))
	    return TRUE;
    }

    if (list == NULL)
	return FALSE;

    /*
     * If list is ID_LIST_ALL, we are in a transparent item that isn't
     * inside anything.  Only allow not-contained groups.
     */
    if (list == ID_LIST_ALL)
	return !contained;

    /*
     * If the first item is "ALLBUT", return TRUE if "id" is NOT in the
     * contains list.  We also require that "id" is at the same ":syn include"
     * level as the list.
     */
    item = *list;
    if (item >= SYNID_ALLBUT && item < SYNID_CLUSTER)
    {
	if (item < SYNID_TOP)
	{
	    /* ALL or ALLBUT: accept all groups in the same file */
	    if (item - SYNID_ALLBUT != ssp->inc_tag)
		return FALSE;
	}
	else if (item < SYNID_CONTAINED)
	{
	    /* TOP: accept all not-contained groups in the same file */
	    if (item - SYNID_TOP != ssp->inc_tag || contained)
		return FALSE;
	}
	else
	{
	    /* CONTAINED: accept all contained groups in the same file */
	    if (item - SYNID_CONTAINED != ssp->inc_tag || !contained)
		return FALSE;
	}
	item = *++list;
	retval = FALSE;
    }
    else
	retval = TRUE;

    /*
     * Return "retval" if id is in the contains list.
     */
    while (item != 0)
    {
	if (item == id)
	    return retval;
	if (item >= SYNID_CLUSTER)
	{
	    scl_list = SYN_CLSTR(syn_block)[item - SYNID_CLUSTER].scl_list;
	    /* restrict recursiveness to 30 to avoid an endless loop for a
	     * cluster that includes itself (indirectly) */
	    if (scl_list != NULL && depth < 30)
	    {
		++depth;
		r = in_id_list(NULL, scl_list, ssp, contained);
		--depth;
		if (r)
		    return retval;
	    }
	}
	item = *++list;
    }
    return !retval;
}

struct subcommand
{
    char    *name;				/* subcommand name */
    void    (*func)__ARGS((exarg_T *, int));	/* function to call */
};

static struct subcommand subcommands[] =
{
    {"case",		syn_cmd_case},
    {"clear",		syn_cmd_clear},
    {"cluster",		syn_cmd_cluster},
    {"conceal",		syn_cmd_conceal},
    {"enable",		syn_cmd_enable},
    {"include",		syn_cmd_include},
    {"keyword",		syn_cmd_keyword},
    {"list",		syn_cmd_list},
    {"manual",		syn_cmd_manual},
    {"match",		syn_cmd_match},
    {"on",		syn_cmd_on},
    {"off",		syn_cmd_off},
    {"region",		syn_cmd_region},
    {"reset",		syn_cmd_reset},
    {"spell",		syn_cmd_spell},
    {"sync",		syn_cmd_sync},
    {"",		syn_cmd_list},
    {NULL, NULL}
};

/*
 * ":syntax".
 * This searches the subcommands[] table for the subcommand name, and calls a
 * syntax_subcommand() function to do the rest.
 */
    void
ex_syntax(eap)
    exarg_T	*eap;
{
    char_u	*arg = eap->arg;
    char_u	*subcmd_end;
    char_u	*subcmd_name;
    int		i;

    syn_cmdlinep = eap->cmdlinep;

    /* isolate subcommand name */
    for (subcmd_end = arg; ASCII_ISALPHA(*subcmd_end); ++subcmd_end)
	;
    subcmd_name = vim_strnsave(arg, (int)(subcmd_end - arg));
    if (subcmd_name != NULL)
    {
	if (eap->skip)		/* skip error messages for all subcommands */
	    ++emsg_skip;
	for (i = 0; ; ++i)
	{
	    if (subcommands[i].name == NULL)
	    {
		EMSG2(_("E410: Invalid :syntax subcommand: %s"), subcmd_name);
		break;
	    }
	    if (STRCMP(subcmd_name, (char_u *)subcommands[i].name) == 0)
	    {
		eap->arg = skipwhite(subcmd_end);
		(subcommands[i].func)(eap, FALSE);
		break;
	    }
	}
	vim_free(subcmd_name);
	if (eap->skip)
	    --emsg_skip;
    }
}

    void
ex_ownsyntax(eap)
    exarg_T	*eap;
{
    char_u	*old_value;
    char_u	*new_value;

    if (curwin->w_s == &curwin->w_buffer->b_s)
    {
	curwin->w_s = (synblock_T *)alloc(sizeof(synblock_T));
	memset(curwin->w_s, 0, sizeof(synblock_T));
#ifdef FEAT_SPELL
	curwin->w_p_spell = FALSE;	/* No spell checking */
	clear_string_option(&curwin->w_s->b_p_spc);
	clear_string_option(&curwin->w_s->b_p_spf);
	vim_free(curwin->w_s->b_cap_prog);
	curwin->w_s->b_cap_prog = NULL;
	clear_string_option(&curwin->w_s->b_p_spl);
#endif
    }

    /* save value of b:current_syntax */
    old_value = get_var_value((char_u *)"b:current_syntax");
    if (old_value != NULL)
	old_value = vim_strsave(old_value);

    /* Apply the "syntax" autocommand event, this finds and loads the syntax
     * file. */
    apply_autocmds(EVENT_SYNTAX, eap->arg, curbuf->b_fname, TRUE, curbuf);

    /* move value of b:current_syntax to w:current_syntax */
    new_value = get_var_value((char_u *)"b:current_syntax");
    if (new_value != NULL)
	set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"w:current_syntax", new_value);

    /* restore value of b:current_syntax */
    if (old_value == NULL)
	do_unlet((char_u *)"b:current_syntax", TRUE);
    else
    {
	set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"b:current_syntax", old_value);
	vim_free(old_value);
    }
}

    int
syntax_present(win)
    win_T	*win;
{
    return (win->w_s->b_syn_patterns.ga_len != 0
	    || win->w_s->b_syn_clusters.ga_len != 0
	    || win->w_s->b_keywtab.ht_used > 0
	    || win->w_s->b_keywtab_ic.ht_used > 0);
}

#if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)

static enum
{
    EXP_SUBCMD,	    /* expand ":syn" sub-commands */
    EXP_CASE	    /* expand ":syn case" arguments */
} expand_what;

/*
 * Reset include_link, include_default, include_none to 0.
 * Called when we are done expanding.
 */
    void
reset_expand_highlight()
{
    include_link = include_default = include_none = 0;
}

/*
 * Handle command line completion for :match and :echohl command: Add "None"
 * as highlight group.
 */
    void
set_context_in_echohl_cmd(xp, arg)
    expand_T	*xp;
    char_u	*arg;
{
    xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
    xp->xp_pattern = arg;
    include_none = 1;
}

/*
 * Handle command line completion for :syntax command.
 */
    void
set_context_in_syntax_cmd(xp, arg)
    expand_T	*xp;
    char_u	*arg;
{
    char_u	*p;

    /* Default: expand subcommands */
    xp->xp_context = EXPAND_SYNTAX;
    expand_what = EXP_SUBCMD;
    xp->xp_pattern = arg;
    include_link = 0;
    include_default = 0;

    /* (part of) subcommand already typed */
    if (*arg != NUL)
    {
	p = skiptowhite(arg);
	if (*p != NUL)		    /* past first word */
	{
	    xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
	    if (*skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern) != NUL)
		xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
	    else if (STRNICMP(arg, "case", p - arg) == 0)
		expand_what = EXP_CASE;
	    else if (  STRNICMP(arg, "keyword", p - arg) == 0
		    || STRNICMP(arg, "region", p - arg) == 0
		    || STRNICMP(arg, "match", p - arg) == 0
		    || STRNICMP(arg, "list", p - arg) == 0)
		xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
	    else
		xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
	}
    }
}

static char *(case_args[]) = {"match", "ignore", NULL};

/*
 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list syntax names for
 * expansion.
 */
    char_u *
get_syntax_name(xp, idx)
    expand_T	*xp UNUSED;
    int		idx;
{
    if (expand_what == EXP_SUBCMD)
	return (char_u *)subcommands[idx].name;
    return (char_u *)case_args[idx];
}

#endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */

/*
 * Function called for expression evaluation: get syntax ID at file position.
 */
    int
syn_get_id(wp, lnum, col, trans, spellp, keep_state)
    win_T	*wp;
    long	lnum;
    colnr_T	col;
    int		trans;	     /* remove transparency */
    int		*spellp;     /* return: can do spell checking */
    int		keep_state;  /* keep state of char at "col" */
{
    /* When the position is not after the current position and in the same
     * line of the same buffer, need to restart parsing. */
    if (wp->w_buffer != syn_buf
	    || lnum != current_lnum
	    || col < current_col)
	syntax_start(wp, lnum);

    (void)get_syntax_attr(col, NULL, spellp, keep_state);

    return (trans ? current_trans_id : current_id);
}

#if defined(FEAT_CONCEAL) || defined(PROTO)
/*
 * Return conceal substitution character
 */
    int
syn_get_sub_char()
{
    return current_sub_char;
}
#endif

#if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
/*
 * Return the syntax ID at position "i" in the current stack.
 * The caller must have called syn_get_id() before to fill the stack.
 * Returns -1 when "i" is out of range.
 */
    int
syn_get_stack_item(i)
    int i;
{
    if (i >= current_state.ga_len)
    {
	/* Need to invalidate the state, because we didn't properly finish it
	 * for the last character, "keep_state" was TRUE. */
	invalidate_current_state();
	current_col = MAXCOL;
	return -1;
    }
    return CUR_STATE(i).si_id;
}
#endif

#if defined(FEAT_FOLDING) || defined(PROTO)
/*
 * Function called to get folding level for line "lnum" in window "wp".
 */
    int
syn_get_foldlevel(wp, lnum)
    win_T	*wp;
    long	lnum;
{
    int		level = 0;
    int		i;

    /* Return quickly when there are no fold items at all. */
    if (wp->w_s->b_syn_folditems != 0)
    {
	syntax_start(wp, lnum);

	for (i = 0; i < current_state.ga_len; ++i)
	    if (CUR_STATE(i).si_flags & HL_FOLD)
		++level;
    }
    if (level > wp->w_p_fdn)
    {
	level = wp->w_p_fdn;
	if (level < 0)
	    level = 0;
    }
    return level;
}
#endif

#endif /* FEAT_SYN_HL */


/**************************************
 *  Highlighting stuff		      *
 **************************************/

/*
 * The default highlight groups.  These are compiled-in for fast startup and
 * they still work when the runtime files can't be found.
 * When making changes here, also change runtime/colors/default.vim!
 * The #ifdefs are needed to reduce the amount of static data.  Helps to make
 * the 16 bit DOS (museum) version compile.
 */
#if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_EVAL)
# define CENT(a, b) b
#else
# define CENT(a, b) a
#endif
static char *(highlight_init_both[]) =
    {
	CENT("ErrorMsg term=standout ctermbg=DarkRed ctermfg=White",
	     "ErrorMsg term=standout ctermbg=DarkRed ctermfg=White guibg=Red guifg=White"),
	CENT("IncSearch term=reverse cterm=reverse",
	     "IncSearch term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
	CENT("ModeMsg term=bold cterm=bold",
	     "ModeMsg term=bold cterm=bold gui=bold"),
	CENT("NonText term=bold ctermfg=Blue",
	     "NonText term=bold ctermfg=Blue gui=bold guifg=Blue"),
	CENT("StatusLine term=reverse,bold cterm=reverse,bold",
	     "StatusLine term=reverse,bold cterm=reverse,bold gui=reverse,bold"),
	CENT("StatusLineNC term=reverse cterm=reverse",
	     "StatusLineNC term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
#ifdef FEAT_VERTSPLIT
	CENT("VertSplit term=reverse cterm=reverse",
	     "VertSplit term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
#endif
#ifdef FEAT_CLIPBOARD
	CENT("VisualNOS term=underline,bold cterm=underline,bold",
	     "VisualNOS term=underline,bold cterm=underline,bold gui=underline,bold"),
#endif
#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
	CENT("DiffText term=reverse cterm=bold ctermbg=Red",
	     "DiffText term=reverse cterm=bold ctermbg=Red gui=bold guibg=Red"),
#endif
#ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
	CENT("PmenuThumb cterm=reverse",
	     "PmenuThumb cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
	CENT("PmenuSbar ctermbg=Grey",
	     "PmenuSbar ctermbg=Grey guibg=Grey"),
#endif
#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
	CENT("TabLineSel term=bold cterm=bold",
	     "TabLineSel term=bold cterm=bold gui=bold"),
	CENT("TabLineFill term=reverse cterm=reverse",
	     "TabLineFill term=reverse cterm=reverse gui=reverse"),
#endif
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
	"Cursor guibg=fg guifg=bg",
	"lCursor guibg=fg guifg=bg", /* should be different, but what? */
#endif
	NULL
    };

static char *(highlight_init_light[]) =
    {
	CENT("Directory term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue",
	     "Directory term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue"),
	CENT("LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Brown",
	     "LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Brown guifg=Brown"),
	CENT("MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=DarkGreen",
	     "MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen"),
	CENT("Question term=standout ctermfg=DarkGreen",
	     "Question term=standout ctermfg=DarkGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen"),
	CENT("Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=NONE",
	     "Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=NONE guibg=Yellow guifg=NONE"),
#ifdef FEAT_SPELL
	CENT("SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=LightRed",
	     "SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=LightRed guisp=Red gui=undercurl"),
	CENT("SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=LightBlue",
	     "SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=LightBlue guisp=Blue gui=undercurl"),
	CENT("SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=LightMagenta",
	     "SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=LightMagenta guisp=Magenta gui=undercurl"),
	CENT("SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan",
	     "SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan guisp=DarkCyan gui=undercurl"),
#endif
#ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
	CENT("Pmenu ctermbg=LightMagenta",
	     "Pmenu ctermbg=LightMagenta guibg=LightMagenta"),
	CENT("PmenuSel ctermbg=LightGrey",
	     "PmenuSel ctermbg=LightGrey guibg=Grey"),
#endif
	CENT("SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue",
	     "SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=DarkBlue guifg=Blue"),
	CENT("Title term=bold ctermfg=DarkMagenta",
	     "Title term=bold ctermfg=DarkMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta"),
	CENT("WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=DarkRed",
	     "WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=DarkRed guifg=Red"),
#ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU
	CENT("WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black",
	     "WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black"),
#endif
#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
	CENT("Folded term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue",
	     "Folded term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=LightGrey guifg=DarkBlue"),
	CENT("FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue",
	     "FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue"),
#endif
#ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
	CENT("SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue",
	     "SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=Grey ctermfg=DarkBlue guibg=Grey guifg=DarkBlue"),
#endif
#ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
	CENT("Visual term=reverse",
	     "Visual term=reverse guibg=LightGrey"),
#endif
#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
	CENT("DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=LightBlue",
	     "DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=LightBlue guibg=LightBlue"),
	CENT("DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=LightMagenta",
	     "DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=LightMagenta guibg=LightMagenta"),
	CENT("DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=LightCyan",
	     "DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=LightCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=LightCyan"),
#endif
#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
	CENT("TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=black ctermbg=LightGrey",
	     "TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=black ctermbg=LightGrey gui=underline guibg=LightGrey"),
#endif
#ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
	CENT("CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=LightGrey",
	     "CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=LightGrey guibg=Grey90"),
	CENT("CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline",
	     "CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline guibg=Grey90"),
	CENT("ColorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=LightRed",
	     "ColorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=LightRed guibg=LightRed"),
#endif
#ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL
	CENT("Conceal ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=LightGrey",
	     "Conceal ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=LightGrey guibg=DarkGrey guifg=LightGrey"),
#endif
#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
	CENT("MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=Cyan",
	     "MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=Cyan guibg=Cyan"),
#endif
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
	"Normal gui=NONE",
#endif
	NULL
    };

static char *(highlight_init_dark[]) =
    {
	CENT("Directory term=bold ctermfg=LightCyan",
	     "Directory term=bold ctermfg=LightCyan guifg=Cyan"),
	CENT("LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Yellow",
	     "LineNr term=underline ctermfg=Yellow guifg=Yellow"),
	CENT("MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=LightGreen",
	     "MoreMsg term=bold ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=SeaGreen"),
	CENT("Question term=standout ctermfg=LightGreen",
	     "Question term=standout ctermfg=LightGreen gui=bold guifg=Green"),
	CENT("Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black",
	     "Search term=reverse ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black"),
	CENT("SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=LightBlue",
	     "SpecialKey term=bold ctermfg=LightBlue guifg=Cyan"),
#ifdef FEAT_SPELL
	CENT("SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=Red",
	     "SpellBad term=reverse ctermbg=Red guisp=Red gui=undercurl"),
	CENT("SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=Blue",
	     "SpellCap term=reverse ctermbg=Blue guisp=Blue gui=undercurl"),
	CENT("SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=Magenta",
	     "SpellRare term=reverse ctermbg=Magenta guisp=Magenta gui=undercurl"),
	CENT("SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan",
	     "SpellLocal term=underline ctermbg=Cyan guisp=Cyan gui=undercurl"),
#endif
#ifdef FEAT_INS_EXPAND
	CENT("Pmenu ctermbg=Magenta",
	     "Pmenu ctermbg=Magenta guibg=Magenta"),
	CENT("PmenuSel ctermbg=DarkGrey",
	     "PmenuSel ctermbg=DarkGrey guibg=DarkGrey"),
#endif
	CENT("Title term=bold ctermfg=LightMagenta",
	     "Title term=bold ctermfg=LightMagenta gui=bold guifg=Magenta"),
	CENT("WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=LightRed",
	     "WarningMsg term=standout ctermfg=LightRed guifg=Red"),
#ifdef FEAT_WILDMENU
	CENT("WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black",
	     "WildMenu term=standout ctermbg=Yellow ctermfg=Black guibg=Yellow guifg=Black"),
#endif
#ifdef FEAT_FOLDING
	CENT("Folded term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan",
	     "Folded term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=DarkGrey guifg=Cyan"),
	CENT("FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan",
	     "FoldColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan"),
#endif
#ifdef FEAT_SIGNS
	CENT("SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan",
	     "SignColumn term=standout ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=Cyan guibg=Grey guifg=Cyan"),
#endif
#ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
	CENT("Visual term=reverse",
	     "Visual term=reverse guibg=DarkGrey"),
#endif
#ifdef FEAT_DIFF
	CENT("DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=DarkBlue",
	     "DiffAdd term=bold ctermbg=DarkBlue guibg=DarkBlue"),
	CENT("DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=DarkMagenta",
	     "DiffChange term=bold ctermbg=DarkMagenta guibg=DarkMagenta"),
	CENT("DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=DarkCyan",
	     "DiffDelete term=bold ctermfg=Blue ctermbg=DarkCyan gui=bold guifg=Blue guibg=DarkCyan"),
#endif
#ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
	CENT("TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=white ctermbg=DarkGrey",
	     "TabLine term=underline cterm=underline ctermfg=white ctermbg=DarkGrey gui=underline guibg=DarkGrey"),
#endif
#ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
	CENT("CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=DarkGrey",
	     "CursorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=DarkGrey guibg=Grey40"),
	CENT("CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline",
	     "CursorLine term=underline cterm=underline guibg=Grey40"),
	CENT("ColorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=DarkRed",
	     "ColorColumn term=reverse ctermbg=DarkRed guibg=DarkRed"),
#endif
#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
	CENT("MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=DarkCyan",
	     "MatchParen term=reverse ctermbg=DarkCyan guibg=DarkCyan"),
#endif
#ifdef FEAT_CONCEAL
	CENT("Conceal ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=LightGrey",
	     "Conceal ctermbg=DarkGrey ctermfg=LightGrey guibg=DarkGrey guifg=LightGrey"),
#endif
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
	"Normal gui=NONE",
#endif
	NULL
    };

    void
init_highlight(both, reset)
    int		both;	    /* include groups where 'bg' doesn't matter */
    int		reset;	    /* clear group first */
{
    int		i;
    char	**pp;
    static int	had_both = FALSE;
#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
    char_u	*p;

    /*
     * Try finding the color scheme file.  Used when a color file was loaded
     * and 'background' or 't_Co' is changed.
     */
    p = get_var_value((char_u *)"g:colors_name");
    if (p != NULL && load_colors(p) == OK)
	return;
#endif

    /*
     * Didn't use a color file, use the compiled-in colors.
     */
    if (both)
    {
	had_both = TRUE;
	pp = highlight_init_both;
	for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i)
	    do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE);
    }
    else if (!had_both)
	/* Don't do anything before the call with both == TRUE from main().
	 * Not everything has been setup then, and that call will overrule
	 * everything anyway. */
	return;

    if (*p_bg == 'l')
	pp = highlight_init_light;
    else
	pp = highlight_init_dark;
    for (i = 0; pp[i] != NULL; ++i)
	do_highlight((char_u *)pp[i], reset, TRUE);

    /* Reverse looks ugly, but grey may not work for 8 colors.  Thus let it
     * depend on the number of colors available.
     * With 8 colors brown is equal to yellow, need to use black for Search fg
     * to avoid Statement highlighted text disappears.
     * Clear the attributes, needed when changing the t_Co value. */
    if (t_colors > 8)
	do_highlight((char_u *)(*p_bg == 'l'
		    ? "Visual cterm=NONE ctermbg=LightGrey"
		    : "Visual cterm=NONE ctermbg=DarkGrey"), FALSE, TRUE);
    else
    {
	do_highlight((char_u *)"Visual cterm=reverse ctermbg=NONE",
								 FALSE, TRUE);
	if (*p_bg == 'l')
	    do_highlight((char_u *)"Search ctermfg=black", FALSE, TRUE);
    }

#ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
    /*
     * If syntax highlighting is enabled load the highlighting for it.
     */
    if (get_var_value((char_u *)"g:syntax_on") != NULL)
    {
	static int	recursive = 0;

	if (recursive >= 5)
	    EMSG(_("E679: recursive loop loading syncolor.vim"));
	else
	{
	    ++recursive;
	    (void)source_runtime((char_u *)"syntax/syncolor.vim", TRUE);
	    --recursive;
	}
    }
#endif
}

/*
 * Load color file "name".
 * Return OK for success, FAIL for failure.
 */
    int
load_colors(name)
    char_u	*name;
{
    char_u	*buf;
    int		retval = FAIL;
    static int	recursive = FALSE;

    /* When being called recursively, this is probably because setting
     * 'background' caused the highlighting to be reloaded.  This means it is
     * working, thus we should return OK. */
    if (recursive)
	return OK;

    recursive = TRUE;
    buf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(name) + 12));
    if (buf != NULL)
    {
	sprintf((char *)buf, "colors/%s.vim", name);
	retval = source_runtime(buf, FALSE);
	vim_free(buf);
#ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
	apply_autocmds(EVENT_COLORSCHEME, NULL, NULL, FALSE, curbuf);
#endif
    }
    recursive = FALSE;

    return retval;
}

/*
 * Handle the ":highlight .." command.
 * When using ":hi clear" this is called recursively for each group with
 * "forceit" and "init" both TRUE.
 */
    void
do_highlight(line, forceit, init)
    char_u	*line;
    int		forceit;
    int		init;	    /* TRUE when called for initializing */
{
    char_u	*name_end;
    char_u	*p;
    char_u	*linep;
    char_u	*key_start;
    char_u	*arg_start;
    char_u	*key = NULL, *arg = NULL;
    long	i;
    int		off;
    int		len;
    int		attr;
    int		id;
    int		idx;
    int		dodefault = FALSE;
    int		doclear = FALSE;
    int		dolink = FALSE;
    int		error = FALSE;
    int		color;
    int		is_normal_group = FALSE;	/* "Normal" group */
#ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
    int		is_menu_group = FALSE;		/* "Menu" group */
    int		is_scrollbar_group = FALSE;	/* "Scrollbar" group */
    int		is_tooltip_group = FALSE;	/* "Tooltip" group */
    int		do_colors = FALSE;		/* need to update colors? */
#else
# define is_menu_group 0
# define is_tooltip_group 0
#endif

    /*
     * If no argument, list current highlighting.
     */
    if (ends_excmd(*line))
    {
	for (i = 1; i <= highlight_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++i)
	    /* TODO: only call when the group has attributes set */
	    highlight_list_one((int)i);
	return;
    }

    /*
     * Isolate the name.
     */
    name_end = skiptowhite(line);
    linep = skipwhite(name_end);

    /*
     * Check for "default" argument.
     */
    if (STRNCMP(line, "default", name_end - line) == 0)
    {
	dodefault = TRUE;
	line = linep;
	name_end = skiptowhite(line);
	linep = skipwhite(name_end);
    }

    /*
     * Check for "clear" or "link" argument.
     */
    if (STRNCMP(line, "clear", name_end - line) == 0)
	doclear = TRUE;
    if (STRNCMP(line, "link", name_end - line) == 0)
	dolink = TRUE;

    /*
     * ":highlight {group-name}": list highlighting for one group.
     */
    if (!doclear && !dolink && ends_excmd(*linep))
    {
	id = syn_namen2id(line, (int)(name_end - line));
	if (id == 0)
	    EMSG2(_("E411: highlight group not found: %s"), line);
	else
	    highlight_list_one(id);
	return;
    }

    /*
     * Handle ":highlight link {from} {to}" command.
     */
    if (dolink)
    {
	char_u	    *from_start = linep;
	char_u	    *from_end;
	char_u	    *to_start;
	char_u	    *to_end;
	int	    from_id;
	int	    to_id;

	from_end = skiptowhite(from_start);
	to_start = skipwhite(from_end);
	to_end	 = skiptowhite(to_start);

	if (ends_excmd(*from_start) || ends_excmd(*to_start))
	{
	    EMSG2(_("E412: Not enough arguments: \":highlight link %s\""),
								  from_start);
	    return;
	}

	if (!ends_excmd(*skipwhite(to_end)))
	{
	    EMSG2(_("E413: Too many arguments: \":highlight link %s\""), from_start);
	    return;
	}

	from_id = syn_check_group(from_start, (int)(from_end - from_start));
	if (STRNCMP(to_start, "NONE", 4) == 0)
	    to_id = 0;
	else
	    to_id = syn_check_group(to_start, (int)(to_end - to_start));

	if (from_id > 0 && (!init || HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set == 0))
	{
	    /*
	     * Don't allow a link when there already is some highlighting
	     * for the group, unless '!' is used
	     */
	    if (to_id > 0 && !forceit && !init
				   && hl_has_settings(from_id - 1, dodefault))
	    {
		if (sourcing_name == NULL && !dodefault)
		    EMSG(_("E414: group has settings, highlight link ignored"));
	    }
	    else
	    {
		if (!init)
		    HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_set |= SG_LINK;
		HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_link = to_id;
#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
		HL_TABLE()[from_id - 1].sg_scriptID = current_SID;
#endif
		redraw_all_later(SOME_VALID);
	    }
	}

	/* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */
	need_highlight_changed = TRUE;

	return;
    }

    if (doclear)
    {
	/*
	 * ":highlight clear [group]" command.
	 */
	line = linep;
	if (ends_excmd(*line))
	{
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
	    /* First, we do not destroy the old values, but allocate the new
	     * ones and update the display. THEN we destroy the old values.
	     * If we destroy the old values first, then the old values
	     * (such as GuiFont's or GuiFontset's) will still be displayed but
	     * invalid because they were free'd.
	     */
	    if (gui.in_use)
	    {
# ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
		gui_init_tooltip_font();
# endif
# if defined(FEAT_MENU) && (defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA) || defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF))
		gui_init_menu_font();
# endif
	    }
# if defined(FEAT_GUI_MSWIN) || defined(FEAT_GUI_X11)
	    gui_mch_def_colors();
# endif
# ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
#  ifdef FEAT_MENU

	    /* This only needs to be done when there is no Menu highlight
	     * group defined by default, which IS currently the case.
	     */
	    gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
#  endif
	    if (gui.in_use)
	    {
		gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
#  ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
		gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
#  endif
#  ifdef FEAT_MENU
		gui_mch_new_menu_font();
#  endif
	    }
# endif

	    /* Ok, we're done allocating the new default graphics items.
	     * The screen should already be refreshed at this point.
	     * It is now Ok to clear out the old data.
	     */
#endif
#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
	    do_unlet((char_u *)"colors_name", TRUE);
#endif
	    restore_cterm_colors();

	    /*
	     * Clear all default highlight groups and load the defaults.
	     */
	    for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
		highlight_clear(idx);
	    init_highlight(TRUE, TRUE);
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
	    if (gui.in_use)
		highlight_gui_started();
#endif
	    highlight_changed();
	    redraw_later_clear();
	    return;
	}
	name_end = skiptowhite(line);
	linep = skipwhite(name_end);
    }

    /*
     * Find the group name in the table.  If it does not exist yet, add it.
     */
    id = syn_check_group(line, (int)(name_end - line));
    if (id == 0)			/* failed (out of memory) */
	return;
    idx = id - 1;			/* index is ID minus one */

    /* Return if "default" was used and the group already has settings. */
    if (dodefault && hl_has_settings(idx, TRUE))
	return;

    if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0)
	is_normal_group = TRUE;
#ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
    else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "MENU") == 0)
	is_menu_group = TRUE;
    else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "SCROLLBAR") == 0)
	is_scrollbar_group = TRUE;
    else if (STRCMP(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name_u, "TOOLTIP") == 0)
	is_tooltip_group = TRUE;
#endif

    /* Clear the highlighting for ":hi clear {group}" and ":hi clear". */
    if (doclear || (forceit && init))
    {
	highlight_clear(idx);
	if (!doclear)
	    HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set = 0;
    }

    if (!doclear)
      while (!ends_excmd(*linep))
      {
	key_start = linep;
	if (*linep == '=')
	{
	    EMSG2(_("E415: unexpected equal sign: %s"), key_start);
	    error = TRUE;
	    break;
	}

	/*
	 * Isolate the key ("term", "ctermfg", "ctermbg", "font", "guifg" or
	 * "guibg").
	 */
	while (*linep && !vim_iswhite(*linep) && *linep != '=')
	    ++linep;
	vim_free(key);
	key = vim_strnsave_up(key_start, (int)(linep - key_start));
	if (key == NULL)
	{
	    error = TRUE;
	    break;
	}
	linep = skipwhite(linep);

	if (STRCMP(key, "NONE") == 0)
	{
	    if (!init || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set == 0)
	    {
		if (!init)
		    HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM+SG_CTERM+SG_GUI;
		highlight_clear(idx);
	    }
	    continue;
	}

	/*
	 * Check for the equal sign.
	 */
	if (*linep != '=')
	{
	    EMSG2(_("E416: missing equal sign: %s"), key_start);
	    error = TRUE;
	    break;
	}
	++linep;

	/*
	 * Isolate the argument.
	 */
	linep = skipwhite(linep);
	if (*linep == '\'')		/* guifg='color name' */
	{
	    arg_start = ++linep;
	    linep = vim_strchr(linep, '\'');
	    if (linep == NULL)
	    {
		EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), key_start);
		error = TRUE;
		break;
	    }
	}
	else
	{
	    arg_start = linep;
	    linep = skiptowhite(linep);
	}
	if (linep == arg_start)
	{
	    EMSG2(_("E417: missing argument: %s"), key_start);
	    error = TRUE;
	    break;
	}
	vim_free(arg);
	arg = vim_strnsave(arg_start, (int)(linep - arg_start));
	if (arg == NULL)
	{
	    error = TRUE;
	    break;
	}
	if (*linep == '\'')
	    ++linep;

	/*
	 * Store the argument.
	 */
	if (  STRCMP(key, "TERM") == 0
		|| STRCMP(key, "CTERM") == 0
		|| STRCMP(key, "GUI") == 0)
	{
	    attr = 0;
	    off = 0;
	    while (arg[off] != NUL)
	    {
		for (i = sizeof(hl_attr_table) / sizeof(int); --i >= 0; )
		{
		    len = (int)STRLEN(hl_name_table[i]);
		    if (STRNICMP(arg + off, hl_name_table[i], len) == 0)
		    {
			attr |= hl_attr_table[i];
			off += len;
			break;
		    }
		}
		if (i < 0)
		{
		    EMSG2(_("E418: Illegal value: %s"), arg);
		    error = TRUE;
		    break;
		}
		if (arg[off] == ',')		/* another one follows */
		    ++off;
	    }
	    if (error)
		break;
	    if (*key == 'T')
	    {
		if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_TERM))
		{
		    if (!init)
			HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM;
		    HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = attr;
		}
	    }
	    else if (*key == 'C')
	    {
		if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM))
		{
		    if (!init)
			HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM;
		    HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = attr;
		    HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
		}
	    }
#if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_EVAL)
	    else
	    {
		if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
		{
		    if (!init)
			HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;
		    HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = attr;
		}
	    }
#endif
	}
	else if (STRCMP(key, "FONT") == 0)
	{
	    /* in non-GUI fonts are simply ignored */
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
	    if (!gui.shell_created)
	    {
		/* GUI not started yet, always accept the name. */
		vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
		HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
	    }
	    else
	    {
		GuiFont temp_sg_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font;
# ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
		GuiFontset temp_sg_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
# endif
		/* First, save the current font/fontset.
		 * Then try to allocate the font/fontset.
		 * If the allocation fails, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font OR
		 * sg_fontset will be set to NOFONT or NOFONTSET respectively.
		 */

		HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
# ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
		HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
# endif
		hl_do_font(idx, arg, is_normal_group, is_menu_group,
							    is_tooltip_group);

# ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
		if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET)
		{
		    /* New fontset was accepted. Free the old one, if there was
		     * one.
		     */
		    gui_mch_free_fontset(temp_sg_fontset);
		    vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
		    HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
		}
		else
		    HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = temp_sg_fontset;
# endif
		if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT)
		{
		    /* New font was accepted. Free the old one, if there was
		     * one.
		     */
		    gui_mch_free_font(temp_sg_font);
		    vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
		    HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(arg);
		}
		else
		    HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = temp_sg_font;
	    }
#endif
	}
	else if (STRCMP(key, "CTERMFG") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "CTERMBG") == 0)
	{
	  if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_CTERM))
	  {
	    if (!init)
		HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_CTERM;

	    /* When setting the foreground color, and previously the "bold"
	     * flag was set for a light color, reset it now */
	    if (key[5] == 'F' && HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold)
	    {
		HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD;
		HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
	    }

	    if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*arg))
		color = atoi((char *)arg);
	    else if (STRICMP(arg, "fg") == 0)
	    {
		if (cterm_normal_fg_color)
		    color = cterm_normal_fg_color - 1;
		else
		{
		    EMSG(_("E419: FG color unknown"));
		    error = TRUE;
		    break;
		}
	    }
	    else if (STRICMP(arg, "bg") == 0)
	    {
		if (cterm_normal_bg_color > 0)
		    color = cterm_normal_bg_color - 1;
		else
		{
		    EMSG(_("E420: BG color unknown"));
		    error = TRUE;
		    break;
		}
	    }
	    else
	    {
		static char *(color_names[28]) = {
			    "Black", "DarkBlue", "DarkGreen", "DarkCyan",
			    "DarkRed", "DarkMagenta", "Brown", "DarkYellow",
			    "Gray", "Grey",
			    "LightGray", "LightGrey", "DarkGray", "DarkGrey",
			    "Blue", "LightBlue", "Green", "LightGreen",
			    "Cyan", "LightCyan", "Red", "LightRed", "Magenta",
			    "LightMagenta", "Yellow", "LightYellow", "White", "NONE"};
		static int color_numbers_16[28] = {0, 1, 2, 3,
						 4, 5, 6, 6,
						 7, 7,
						 7, 7, 8, 8,
						 9, 9, 10, 10,
						 11, 11, 12, 12, 13,
						 13, 14, 14, 15, -1};
		/* for xterm with 88 colors... */
		static int color_numbers_88[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
						 1, 5, 32, 72,
						 84, 84,
						 7, 7, 82, 82,
						 12, 43, 10, 61,
						 14, 63, 9, 74, 13,
						 75, 11, 78, 15, -1};
		/* for xterm with 256 colors... */
		static int color_numbers_256[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
						 1, 5, 130, 130,
						 248, 248,
						 7, 7, 242, 242,
						 12, 81, 10, 121,
						 14, 159, 9, 224, 13,
						 225, 11, 229, 15, -1};
		/* for terminals with less than 16 colors... */
		static int color_numbers_8[28] = {0, 4, 2, 6,
						 1, 5, 3, 3,
						 7, 7,
						 7, 7, 0+8, 0+8,
						 4+8, 4+8, 2+8, 2+8,
						 6+8, 6+8, 1+8, 1+8, 5+8,
						 5+8, 3+8, 3+8, 7+8, -1};
#if defined(__QNXNTO__)
		static int *color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_8;
		/* On qnx, the 8 & 16 color arrays are the same */
		if (STRNCMP(T_NAME, "qansi", 5) == 0)
		    color_numbers_8_qansi = color_numbers_16;
#endif

		/* reduce calls to STRICMP a bit, it can be slow */
		off = TOUPPER_ASC(*arg);
		for (i = (sizeof(color_names) / sizeof(char *)); --i >= 0; )
		    if (off == color_names[i][0]
				 && STRICMP(arg + 1, color_names[i] + 1) == 0)
			break;
		if (i < 0)
		{
		    EMSG2(_("E421: Color name or number not recognized: %s"), key_start);
		    error = TRUE;
		    break;
		}

		/* Use the _16 table to check if its a valid color name. */
		color = color_numbers_16[i];
		if (color >= 0)
		{
		    if (t_colors == 8)
		    {
			/* t_Co is 8: use the 8 colors table */
#if defined(__QNXNTO__)
			color = color_numbers_8_qansi[i];
#else
			color = color_numbers_8[i];
#endif
			if (key[5] == 'F')
			{
			    /* set/reset bold attribute to get light foreground
			     * colors (on some terminals, e.g. "linux") */
			    if (color & 8)
			    {
				HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm |= HL_BOLD;
				HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = TRUE;
			    }
			    else
				HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm &= ~HL_BOLD;
			}
			color &= 7;	/* truncate to 8 colors */
		    }
		    else if (t_colors == 16 || t_colors == 88
							   || t_colors == 256)
		    {
			/*
			 * Guess: if the termcap entry ends in 'm', it is
			 * probably an xterm-like terminal.  Use the changed
			 * order for colors.
			 */
			if (*T_CAF != NUL)
			    p = T_CAF;
			else
			    p = T_CSF;
			if (*p != NUL && *(p + STRLEN(p) - 1) == 'm')
			    switch (t_colors)
			    {
				case 16:
				    color = color_numbers_8[i];
				    break;
				case 88:
				    color = color_numbers_88[i];
				    break;
				case 256:
				    color = color_numbers_256[i];
				    break;
			    }
		    }
		}
	    }
	    /* Add one to the argument, to avoid zero.  Zero is used for
	     * "NONE", then "color" is -1. */
	    if (key[5] == 'F')
	    {
		HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = color + 1;
		if (is_normal_group)
		{
		    cterm_normal_fg_color = color + 1;
		    cterm_normal_fg_bold = (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm & HL_BOLD);
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
		    /* Don't do this if the GUI is used. */
		    if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting)
#endif
		    {
			must_redraw = CLEAR;
			if (termcap_active && color >= 0)
			    term_fg_color(color);
		    }
		}
	    }
	    else
	    {
		HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = color + 1;
		if (is_normal_group)
		{
		    cterm_normal_bg_color = color + 1;
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
		    /* Don't mess with 'background' if the GUI is used. */
		    if (!gui.in_use && !gui.starting)
#endif
		    {
			must_redraw = CLEAR;
			if (color >= 0)
			{
			    if (termcap_active)
				term_bg_color(color);
			    if (t_colors < 16)
				i = (color == 0 || color == 4);
			    else
				i = (color < 7 || color == 8);
			    /* Set the 'background' option if the value is
			     * wrong. */
			    if (i != (*p_bg == 'd'))
				set_option_value((char_u *)"bg", 0L,
					i ?  (char_u *)"dark"
					  : (char_u *)"light", 0);
			}
		    }
		}
	    }
	  }
	}
	else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIFG") == 0)
	{
#if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_EVAL)
	    if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
	    {
		if (!init)
		    HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;

# ifdef FEAT_GUI
		/* In GUI guifg colors are only used when recognized */
		i = color_name2handle(arg);
		if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
		{
		    HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = i;
# endif
		    vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
		    if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE"))
			HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = vim_strsave(arg);
		    else
			HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL;
# ifdef FEAT_GUI
#  ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
		    if (is_menu_group)
			gui.menu_fg_pixel = i;
		    if (is_scrollbar_group)
			gui.scroll_fg_pixel = i;
#   ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
		    if (is_tooltip_group)
			gui.tooltip_fg_pixel = i;
#   endif
		    do_colors = TRUE;
#  endif
		}
# endif
	    }
#endif
	}
	else if (STRCMP(key, "GUIBG") == 0)
	{
#if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_EVAL)
	    if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
	    {
		if (!init)
		    HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;

# ifdef FEAT_GUI
		/* In GUI guifg colors are only used when recognized */
		i = color_name2handle(arg);
		if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
		{
		    HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = i;
# endif
		    vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
		    if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE") != 0)
			HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = vim_strsave(arg);
		    else
			HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL;
# ifdef FEAT_GUI
#  ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
		    if (is_menu_group)
			gui.menu_bg_pixel = i;
		    if (is_scrollbar_group)
			gui.scroll_bg_pixel = i;
#   ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
		    if (is_tooltip_group)
			gui.tooltip_bg_pixel = i;
#   endif
		    do_colors = TRUE;
#  endif
		}
# endif
	    }
#endif
	}
	else if (STRCMP(key, "GUISP") == 0)
	{
#if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_EVAL)
	    if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_GUI))
	    {
		if (!init)
		    HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_GUI;

# ifdef FEAT_GUI
		i = color_name2handle(arg);
		if (i != INVALCOLOR || STRCMP(arg, "NONE") == 0 || !gui.in_use)
		{
		    HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp = i;
# endif
		    vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
		    if (STRCMP(arg, "NONE") != 0)
			HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = vim_strsave(arg);
		    else
			HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = NULL;
# ifdef FEAT_GUI
		}
# endif
	    }
#endif
	}
	else if (STRCMP(key, "START") == 0 || STRCMP(key, "STOP") == 0)
	{
	    char_u	buf[100];
	    char_u	*tname;

	    if (!init)
		HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set |= SG_TERM;

	    /*
	     * The "start" and "stop"  arguments can be a literal escape
	     * sequence, or a comma separated list of terminal codes.
	     */
	    if (STRNCMP(arg, "t_", 2) == 0)
	    {
		off = 0;
		buf[0] = 0;
		while (arg[off] != NUL)
		{
		    /* Isolate one termcap name */
		    for (len = 0; arg[off + len] &&
						 arg[off + len] != ','; ++len)
			;
		    tname = vim_strnsave(arg + off, len);
		    if (tname == NULL)		/* out of memory */
		    {
			error = TRUE;
			break;
		    }
		    /* lookup the escape sequence for the item */
		    p = get_term_code(tname);
		    vim_free(tname);
		    if (p == NULL)	    /* ignore non-existing things */
			p = (char_u *)"";

		    /* Append it to the already found stuff */
		    if ((int)(STRLEN(buf) + STRLEN(p)) >= 99)
		    {
			EMSG2(_("E422: terminal code too long: %s"), arg);
			error = TRUE;
			break;
		    }
		    STRCAT(buf, p);

		    /* Advance to the next item */
		    off += len;
		    if (arg[off] == ',')	    /* another one follows */
			++off;
		}
	    }
	    else
	    {
		/*
		 * Copy characters from arg[] to buf[], translating <> codes.
		 */
		for (p = arg, off = 0; off < 100 && *p; )
		{
		    len = trans_special(&p, buf + off, FALSE);
		    if (len)		    /* recognized special char */
			off += len;
		    else		    /* copy as normal char */
			buf[off++] = *p++;
		}
		buf[off] = NUL;
	    }
	    if (error)
		break;

	    if (STRCMP(buf, "NONE") == 0)	/* resetting the value */
		p = NULL;
	    else
		p = vim_strsave(buf);
	    if (key[2] == 'A')
	    {
		vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start);
		HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = p;
	    }
	    else
	    {
		vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop);
		HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = p;
	    }
	}
	else
	{
	    EMSG2(_("E423: Illegal argument: %s"), key_start);
	    error = TRUE;
	    break;
	}

	/*
	 * When highlighting has been given for a group, don't link it.
	 */
	if (!init || !(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK))
	    HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_link = 0;

	/*
	 * Continue with next argument.
	 */
	linep = skipwhite(linep);
      }

    /*
     * If there is an error, and it's a new entry, remove it from the table.
     */
    if (error && idx == highlight_ga.ga_len)
	syn_unadd_group();
    else
    {
	if (is_normal_group)
	{
	    HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0;
	    HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0;
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
	    HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0;
	    /*
	     * Need to update all groups, because they might be using "bg"
	     * and/or "fg", which have been changed now.
	     */
	    if (gui.in_use)
		highlight_gui_started();
#endif
	}
#ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
# ifdef FEAT_MENU
	else if (is_menu_group)
	{
	    if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
		gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
	}
# endif
	else if (is_scrollbar_group)
	{
	    if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
		gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
	}
# ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
	else if (is_tooltip_group)
	{
	    if (gui.in_use && do_colors)
		gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
	}
# endif
#endif
	else
	    set_hl_attr(idx);
#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
	HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_scriptID = current_SID;
#endif
	redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID);
    }
    vim_free(key);
    vim_free(arg);

    /* Only call highlight_changed() once, after sourcing a syntax file */
    need_highlight_changed = TRUE;
}

#if defined(EXITFREE) || defined(PROTO)
    void
free_highlight()
{
    int	    i;

    for (i = 0; i < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++i)
    {
	highlight_clear(i);
	vim_free(HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name);
	vim_free(HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u);
    }
    ga_clear(&highlight_ga);
}
#endif

/*
 * Reset the cterm colors to what they were before Vim was started, if
 * possible.  Otherwise reset them to zero.
 */
    void
restore_cterm_colors()
{
#if defined(MSDOS) || (defined(WIN3264) && !defined(FEAT_GUI_W32))
    /* Since t_me has been set, this probably means that the user
     * wants to use this as default colors.  Need to reset default
     * background/foreground colors. */
    mch_set_normal_colors();
#else
    cterm_normal_fg_color = 0;
    cterm_normal_fg_bold = 0;
    cterm_normal_bg_color = 0;
#endif
}

/*
 * Return TRUE if highlight group "idx" has any settings.
 * When "check_link" is TRUE also check for an existing link.
 */
    static int
hl_has_settings(idx, check_link)
    int		idx;
    int		check_link;
{
    return (   HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr != 0
	    || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr != 0
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
	    || HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr != 0
#endif
	    || (check_link && (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_set & SG_LINK)));
}

/*
 * Clear highlighting for one group.
 */
    static void
highlight_clear(idx)
    int idx;
{
    HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term = 0;
    vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start);
    HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_start = NULL;
    vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop);
    HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_stop = NULL;
    HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_term_attr = 0;
    HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm = 0;
    HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bold = FALSE;
    HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_fg = 0;
    HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_bg = 0;
    HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_cterm_attr = 0;
#if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_EVAL)
    HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui = 0;
    vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
    HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name = NULL;
    vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
    HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name = NULL;
    vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
    HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name = NULL;
#endif
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
    HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR;
    HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR;
    HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp = INVALCOLOR;
    gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font);
    HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
# ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
    gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset);
    HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
# endif
    vim_free(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name);
    HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name = NULL;
    HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_attr = 0;
#endif
#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
    /* Clear the script ID only when there is no link, since that is not
     * cleared. */
    if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_link == 0)
	HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_scriptID = 0;
#endif
}

#if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
/*
 * Set the normal foreground and background colors according to the "Normal"
 * highlighting group.  For X11 also set "Menu", "Scrollbar", and
 * "Tooltip" colors.
 */
    void
set_normal_colors()
{
    if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Normal",
			     &gui.norm_pixel, &gui.back_pixel,
			     FALSE, TRUE, FALSE))
    {
	gui_mch_new_colors();
	must_redraw = CLEAR;
    }
#ifdef FEAT_GUI_X11
    if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Menu",
			 &gui.menu_fg_pixel, &gui.menu_bg_pixel,
			 TRUE, FALSE, FALSE))
    {
# ifdef FEAT_MENU
	gui_mch_new_menu_colors();
# endif
	must_redraw = CLEAR;
    }
# ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
    if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Tooltip",
			 &gui.tooltip_fg_pixel, &gui.tooltip_bg_pixel,
			 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE))
    {
# ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
	gui_mch_new_tooltip_colors();
# endif
	must_redraw = CLEAR;
    }
#endif
    if (set_group_colors((char_u *)"Scrollbar",
		    &gui.scroll_fg_pixel, &gui.scroll_bg_pixel,
		    FALSE, FALSE, FALSE))
    {
	gui_new_scrollbar_colors();
	must_redraw = CLEAR;
    }
#endif
}

/*
 * Set the colors for "Normal", "Menu", "Tooltip" or "Scrollbar".
 */
    static int
set_group_colors(name, fgp, bgp, do_menu, use_norm, do_tooltip)
    char_u	*name;
    guicolor_T	*fgp;
    guicolor_T	*bgp;
    int		do_menu;
    int		use_norm;
    int		do_tooltip;
{
    int		idx;

    idx = syn_name2id(name) - 1;
    if (idx >= 0)
    {
	gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip);

	if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg != INVALCOLOR)
	    *fgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg;
	else if (use_norm)
	    *fgp = gui.def_norm_pixel;
	if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg != INVALCOLOR)
	    *bgp = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg;
	else if (use_norm)
	    *bgp = gui.def_back_pixel;
	return TRUE;
    }
    return FALSE;
}

/*
 * Get the font of the "Normal" group.
 * Returns "" when it's not found or not set.
 */
    char_u *
hl_get_font_name()
{
    int		id;
    char_u	*s;

    id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
    if (id > 0)
    {
	s = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name;
	if (s != NULL)
	    return s;
    }
    return (char_u *)"";
}

/*
 * Set font for "Normal" group.  Called by gui_mch_init_font() when a font has
 * actually chosen to be used.
 */
    void
hl_set_font_name(font_name)
    char_u	*font_name;
{
    int	    id;

    id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
    if (id > 0)
    {
	vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name);
	HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name = vim_strsave(font_name);
    }
}

/*
 * Set background color for "Normal" group.  Called by gui_set_bg_color()
 * when the color is known.
 */
    void
hl_set_bg_color_name(name)
    char_u  *name;	    /* must have been allocated */
{
    int	    id;

    if (name != NULL)
    {
	id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
	if (id > 0)
	{
	    vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name);
	    HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name = name;
	}
    }
}

/*
 * Set foreground color for "Normal" group.  Called by gui_set_fg_color()
 * when the color is known.
 */
    void
hl_set_fg_color_name(name)
    char_u  *name;	    /* must have been allocated */
{
    int	    id;

    if (name != NULL)
    {
	id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"Normal");
	if (id > 0)
	{
	    vim_free(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name);
	    HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name = name;
	}
    }
}

/*
 * Return the handle for a color name.
 * Returns INVALCOLOR when failed.
 */
    static guicolor_T
color_name2handle(name)
    char_u  *name;
{
    if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
	return INVALCOLOR;

    if (STRICMP(name, "fg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "foreground") == 0)
	return gui.norm_pixel;
    if (STRICMP(name, "bg") == 0 || STRICMP(name, "background") == 0)
	return gui.back_pixel;

    return gui_get_color(name);
}

/*
 * Return the handle for a font name.
 * Returns NOFONT when failed.
 */
    static GuiFont
font_name2handle(name)
    char_u  *name;
{
    if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
	return NOFONT;

    return gui_mch_get_font(name, TRUE);
}

# ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
/*
 * Return the handle for a fontset name.
 * Returns NOFONTSET when failed.
 */
    static GuiFontset
fontset_name2handle(name, fixed_width)
    char_u	*name;
    int		fixed_width;
{
    if (STRCMP(name, "NONE") == 0)
	return NOFONTSET;

    return gui_mch_get_fontset(name, TRUE, fixed_width);
}
# endif

/*
 * Get the font or fontset for one highlight group.
 */
    static void
hl_do_font(idx, arg, do_normal, do_menu, do_tooltip)
    int		idx;
    char_u	*arg;
    int		do_normal;		/* set normal font */
    int		do_menu UNUSED;		/* set menu font */
    int		do_tooltip UNUSED;	/* set tooltip font */
{
# ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
    /* If 'guifontset' is not empty, first try using the name as a
     * fontset.  If that doesn't work, use it as a font name. */
    if (*p_guifontset != NUL
#  ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
	|| do_menu
#  endif
#  ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
	/* In Athena & Motif, the Tooltip highlight group is always a fontset */
	|| do_tooltip
#  endif
	    )
	HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = fontset_name2handle(arg, 0
#  ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
		|| do_menu
#  endif
#  ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_TIP
		|| do_tooltip
#  endif
		);
    if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset != NOFONTSET)
    {
	/* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the
	 * normal fontset.  Same for the Menu group. */
	if (do_normal)
	    gui_init_font(arg, TRUE);
#   if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU)
	if (do_menu)
	{
#    ifdef FONTSET_ALWAYS
	    gui.menu_fontset = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
#    else
	    /* YIKES!  This is a bug waiting to crash the program */
	    gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
#    endif
	    gui_mch_new_menu_font();
	}
#    ifdef FEAT_BEVAL
	if (do_tooltip)
	{
	    /* The Athena widget set cannot currently handle switching between
	     * displaying a single font and a fontset.
	     * If the XtNinternational resource is set to True at widget
	     * creation, then a fontset is always used, otherwise an
	     * XFontStruct is used.
	     */
	    gui.tooltip_fontset = (XFontSet)HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset;
	    gui_mch_new_tooltip_font();
	}
#    endif
#   endif
    }
    else
# endif
    {
	HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = font_name2handle(arg);
	/* If it worked and it's the Normal group, use it as the
	 * normal font.  Same for the Menu group. */
	if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font != NOFONT)
	{
	    if (do_normal)
		gui_init_font(arg, FALSE);
#ifndef FONTSET_ALWAYS
# if (defined(FEAT_GUI_MOTIF) || defined(FEAT_GUI_ATHENA)) && defined(FEAT_MENU)
	    if (do_menu)
	    {
		gui.menu_font = HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font;
		gui_mch_new_menu_font();
	    }
# endif
#endif
	}
    }
}

#endif /* FEAT_GUI */

/*
 * Table with the specifications for an attribute number.
 * Note that this table is used by ALL buffers.  This is required because the
 * GUI can redraw at any time for any buffer.
 */
static garray_T	term_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};

#define TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)term_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]

static garray_T	cterm_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};

#define CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)cterm_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]

#ifdef FEAT_GUI
static garray_T	gui_attr_table = {0, 0, 0, 0, NULL};

#define GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(idx) ((attrentry_T *)gui_attr_table.ga_data)[idx]
#endif

/*
 * Return the attr number for a set of colors and font.
 * Add a new entry to the term_attr_table, cterm_attr_table or gui_attr_table
 * if the combination is new.
 * Return 0 for error (no more room).
 */
    static int
get_attr_entry(table, aep)
    garray_T	*table;
    attrentry_T	*aep;
{
    int		i;
    attrentry_T	*taep;
    static int	recursive = FALSE;

    /*
     * Init the table, in case it wasn't done yet.
     */
    table->ga_itemsize = sizeof(attrentry_T);
    table->ga_growsize = 7;

    /*
     * Try to find an entry with the same specifications.
     */
    for (i = 0; i < table->ga_len; ++i)
    {
	taep = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[i]);
	if (	   aep->ae_attr == taep->ae_attr
		&& (
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
		       (table == &gui_attr_table
			&& (aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color == taep->ae_u.gui.fg_color
			    && aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color
						    == taep->ae_u.gui.bg_color
			    && aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color
						    == taep->ae_u.gui.sp_color
			    && aep->ae_u.gui.font == taep->ae_u.gui.font
#  ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
			    && aep->ae_u.gui.fontset == taep->ae_u.gui.fontset
#  endif
			    ))
		    ||
#endif
		       (table == &term_attr_table
			&& (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
					    == (taep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
			&& (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL
			    || STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.start,
						  taep->ae_u.term.start) == 0)
			&& (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
					     == (taep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
			&& (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL
			    || STRCMP(aep->ae_u.term.stop,
						  taep->ae_u.term.stop) == 0))
		    || (table == &cterm_attr_table
			    && aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
						  == taep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color
			    && aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color
						 == taep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color)
		     ))

	return i + ATTR_OFF;
    }

    if (table->ga_len + ATTR_OFF > MAX_TYPENR)
    {
	/*
	 * Running out of attribute entries!  remove all attributes, and
	 * compute new ones for all groups.
	 * When called recursively, we are really out of numbers.
	 */
	if (recursive)
	{
	    EMSG(_("E424: Too many different highlighting attributes in use"));
	    return 0;
	}
	recursive = TRUE;

	clear_hl_tables();

	must_redraw = CLEAR;

	for (i = 0; i < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++i)
	    set_hl_attr(i);

	recursive = FALSE;
    }

    /*
     * This is a new combination of colors and font, add an entry.
     */
    if (ga_grow(table, 1) == FAIL)
	return 0;

    taep = &(((attrentry_T *)table->ga_data)[table->ga_len]);
    vim_memset(taep, 0, sizeof(attrentry_T));
    taep->ae_attr = aep->ae_attr;
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
    if (table == &gui_attr_table)
    {
	taep->ae_u.gui.fg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color;
	taep->ae_u.gui.bg_color = aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color;
	taep->ae_u.gui.sp_color = aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color;
	taep->ae_u.gui.font = aep->ae_u.gui.font;
# ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
	taep->ae_u.gui.fontset = aep->ae_u.gui.fontset;
# endif
    }
#endif
    if (table == &term_attr_table)
    {
	if (aep->ae_u.term.start == NULL)
	    taep->ae_u.term.start = NULL;
	else
	    taep->ae_u.term.start = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.start);
	if (aep->ae_u.term.stop == NULL)
	    taep->ae_u.term.stop = NULL;
	else
	    taep->ae_u.term.stop = vim_strsave(aep->ae_u.term.stop);
    }
    else if (table == &cterm_attr_table)
    {
	taep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color;
	taep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color = aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color;
    }
    ++table->ga_len;
    return (table->ga_len - 1 + ATTR_OFF);
}

/*
 * Clear all highlight tables.
 */
    void
clear_hl_tables()
{
    int		i;
    attrentry_T	*taep;

#ifdef FEAT_GUI
    ga_clear(&gui_attr_table);
#endif
    for (i = 0; i < term_attr_table.ga_len; ++i)
    {
	taep = &(((attrentry_T *)term_attr_table.ga_data)[i]);
	vim_free(taep->ae_u.term.start);
	vim_free(taep->ae_u.term.stop);
    }
    ga_clear(&term_attr_table);
    ga_clear(&cterm_attr_table);
}

#if defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) || defined(FEAT_SPELL) || defined(PROTO)
/*
 * Combine special attributes (e.g., for spelling) with other attributes
 * (e.g., for syntax highlighting).
 * "prim_attr" overrules "char_attr".
 * This creates a new group when required.
 * Since we expect there to be few spelling mistakes we don't cache the
 * result.
 * Return the resulting attributes.
 */
    int
hl_combine_attr(char_attr, prim_attr)
    int	    char_attr;
    int	    prim_attr;
{
    attrentry_T *char_aep = NULL;
    attrentry_T *spell_aep;
    attrentry_T new_en;

    if (char_attr == 0)
	return prim_attr;
    if (char_attr <= HL_ALL && prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
	return char_attr | prim_attr;
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
    if (gui.in_use)
    {
	if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
	    char_aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(char_attr);
	if (char_aep != NULL)
	    new_en = *char_aep;
	else
	{
	    vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
	    new_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = INVALCOLOR;
	    new_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = INVALCOLOR;
	    new_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = INVALCOLOR;
	    if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
		new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
	}

	if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
	    new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr;
	else
	{
	    spell_aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(prim_attr);
	    if (spell_aep != NULL)
	    {
		new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
		if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color != INVALCOLOR)
		    new_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fg_color;
		if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color != INVALCOLOR)
		    new_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.bg_color;
		if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color != INVALCOLOR)
		    new_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.sp_color;
		if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.font != NOFONT)
		    new_en.ae_u.gui.font = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.font;
# ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
		if (spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fontset != NOFONTSET)
		    new_en.ae_u.gui.fontset = spell_aep->ae_u.gui.fontset;
# endif
	    }
	}
	return get_attr_entry(&gui_attr_table, &new_en);
    }
#endif

    if (t_colors > 1)
    {
	if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
	    char_aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(char_attr);
	if (char_aep != NULL)
	    new_en = *char_aep;
	else
	{
	    vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
	    if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
		new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
	}

	if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
	    new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr;
	else
	{
	    spell_aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(prim_attr);
	    if (spell_aep != NULL)
	    {
		new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
		if (spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color > 0)
		    new_en.ae_u.cterm.fg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.fg_color;
		if (spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color > 0)
		    new_en.ae_u.cterm.bg_color = spell_aep->ae_u.cterm.bg_color;
	    }
	}
	return get_attr_entry(&cterm_attr_table, &new_en);
    }

    if (char_attr > HL_ALL)
	char_aep = syn_term_attr2entry(char_attr);
    if (char_aep != NULL)
	new_en = *char_aep;
    else
    {
	vim_memset(&new_en, 0, sizeof(new_en));
	if (char_attr <= HL_ALL)
	    new_en.ae_attr = char_attr;
    }

    if (prim_attr <= HL_ALL)
	new_en.ae_attr |= prim_attr;
    else
    {
	spell_aep = syn_term_attr2entry(prim_attr);
	if (spell_aep != NULL)
	{
	    new_en.ae_attr |= spell_aep->ae_attr;
	    if (spell_aep->ae_u.term.start != NULL)
	    {
		new_en.ae_u.term.start = spell_aep->ae_u.term.start;
		new_en.ae_u.term.stop = spell_aep->ae_u.term.stop;
	    }
	}
    }
    return get_attr_entry(&term_attr_table, &new_en);
}
#endif

#ifdef FEAT_GUI

    attrentry_T *
syn_gui_attr2entry(attr)
    int		    attr;
{
    attr -= ATTR_OFF;
    if (attr >= gui_attr_table.ga_len)	    /* did ":syntax clear" */
	return NULL;
    return &(GUI_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
}
#endif /* FEAT_GUI */

/*
 * Get the highlight attributes (HL_BOLD etc.) from an attribute nr.
 * Only to be used when "attr" > HL_ALL.
 */
    int
syn_attr2attr(attr)
    int	    attr;
{
    attrentry_T	*aep;

#ifdef FEAT_GUI
    if (gui.in_use)
	aep = syn_gui_attr2entry(attr);
    else
#endif
	if (t_colors > 1)
	aep = syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr);
    else
	aep = syn_term_attr2entry(attr);

    if (aep == NULL)	    /* highlighting not set */
	return 0;
    return aep->ae_attr;
}


    attrentry_T *
syn_term_attr2entry(attr)
    int		    attr;
{
    attr -= ATTR_OFF;
    if (attr >= term_attr_table.ga_len)	    /* did ":syntax clear" */
	return NULL;
    return &(TERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
}

    attrentry_T *
syn_cterm_attr2entry(attr)
    int		    attr;
{
    attr -= ATTR_OFF;
    if (attr >= cterm_attr_table.ga_len)	/* did ":syntax clear" */
	return NULL;
    return &(CTERM_ATTR_ENTRY(attr));
}

#define LIST_ATTR   1
#define LIST_STRING 2
#define LIST_INT    3

    static void
highlight_list_one(id)
    int		id;
{
    struct hl_group	*sgp;
    int			didh = FALSE;

    sgp = &HL_TABLE()[id - 1];	    /* index is ID minus one */

    didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
				    sgp->sg_term, NULL, "term");
    didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
				    0, sgp->sg_start, "start");
    didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
				    0, sgp->sg_stop, "stop");

    didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
				    sgp->sg_cterm, NULL, "cterm");
    didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT,
				    sgp->sg_cterm_fg, NULL, "ctermfg");
    didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_INT,
				    sgp->sg_cterm_bg, NULL, "ctermbg");

#if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_EVAL)
    didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_ATTR,
				    sgp->sg_gui, NULL, "gui");
    didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
				    0, sgp->sg_gui_fg_name, "guifg");
    didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
				    0, sgp->sg_gui_bg_name, "guibg");
    didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
				    0, sgp->sg_gui_sp_name, "guisp");
#endif
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
    didh = highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING,
				    0, sgp->sg_font_name, "font");
#endif

    if (sgp->sg_link && !got_int)
    {
	(void)syn_list_header(didh, 9999, id);
	didh = TRUE;
	msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"links to", hl_attr(HLF_D));
	msg_putchar(' ');
	msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_link - 1].sg_name);
    }

    if (!didh)
	highlight_list_arg(id, didh, LIST_STRING, 0, (char_u *)"cleared", "");
#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
    if (p_verbose > 0)
	last_set_msg(sgp->sg_scriptID);
#endif
}

    static int
highlight_list_arg(id, didh, type, iarg, sarg, name)
    int		id;
    int		didh;
    int		type;
    int		iarg;
    char_u	*sarg;
    char	*name;
{
    char_u	buf[100];
    char_u	*ts;
    int		i;

    if (got_int)
	return FALSE;
    if (type == LIST_STRING ? (sarg != NULL) : (iarg != 0))
    {
	ts = buf;
	if (type == LIST_INT)
	    sprintf((char *)buf, "%d", iarg - 1);
	else if (type == LIST_STRING)
	    ts = sarg;
	else /* type == LIST_ATTR */
	{
	    buf[0] = NUL;
	    for (i = 0; hl_attr_table[i] != 0; ++i)
	    {
		if (iarg & hl_attr_table[i])
		{
		    if (buf[0] != NUL)
			STRCAT(buf, ",");
		    STRCAT(buf, hl_name_table[i]);
		    iarg &= ~hl_attr_table[i];	    /* don't want "inverse" */
		}
	    }
	}

	(void)syn_list_header(didh,
			       (int)(vim_strsize(ts) + STRLEN(name) + 1), id);
	didh = TRUE;
	if (!got_int)
	{
	    if (*name != NUL)
	    {
		MSG_PUTS_ATTR(name, hl_attr(HLF_D));
		MSG_PUTS_ATTR("=", hl_attr(HLF_D));
	    }
	    msg_outtrans(ts);
	}
    }
    return didh;
}

#if (((defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_PRINTER))) && defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)) || defined(PROTO)
/*
 * Return "1" if highlight group "id" has attribute "flag".
 * Return NULL otherwise.
 */
    char_u *
highlight_has_attr(id, flag, modec)
    int		id;
    int		flag;
    int		modec;	/* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */
{
    int		attr;

    if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
	return NULL;

#if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_EVAL)
    if (modec == 'g')
	attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui;
    else
#endif
	 if (modec == 'c')
	attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm;
    else
	attr = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_term;

    if (attr & flag)
	return (char_u *)"1";
    return NULL;
}
#endif

#if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) || defined(PROTO)
/*
 * Return color name of highlight group "id".
 */
    char_u *
highlight_color(id, what, modec)
    int		id;
    char_u	*what;	/* "font", "fg", "bg", "sp", "fg#", "bg#" or "sp#" */
    int		modec;	/* 'g' for GUI, 'c' for cterm, 't' for term */
{
    static char_u	name[20];
    int			n;
    int			fg = FALSE;
    int			sp = FALSE;
    int			font = FALSE;

    if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
	return NULL;

    if (TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 'f' && TOLOWER_ASC(what[1]) == 'g')
	fg = TRUE;
    else if (TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 'f' && TOLOWER_ASC(what[1]) == 'o'
	     && TOLOWER_ASC(what[2]) == 'n' && TOLOWER_ASC(what[3]) == 't')
	font = TRUE;
    else if (TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 's' && TOLOWER_ASC(what[1]) == 'p')
	sp = TRUE;
    else if (!(TOLOWER_ASC(what[0]) == 'b' && TOLOWER_ASC(what[1]) == 'g'))
	return NULL;
    if (modec == 'g')
    {
# ifdef FEAT_GUI
	/* return font name */
	if (font)
	    return HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_font_name;

	/* return #RRGGBB form (only possible when GUI is running) */
	if (gui.in_use && what[2] == '#')
	{
	    guicolor_T		color;
	    long_u		rgb;
	    static char_u	buf[10];

	    if (fg)
		color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
	    else if (sp)
		color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_sp;
	    else
		color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
	    if (color == INVALCOLOR)
		return NULL;
	    rgb = gui_mch_get_rgb(color);
	    sprintf((char *)buf, "#%02x%02x%02x",
				      (unsigned)(rgb >> 16),
				      (unsigned)(rgb >> 8) & 255,
				      (unsigned)rgb & 255);
	    return buf;
	}
#endif
	if (fg)
	    return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg_name);
	if (sp)
	    return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_sp_name);
	return (HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg_name);
    }
    if (font || sp)
	return NULL;
    if (modec == 'c')
    {
	if (fg)
	    n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg - 1;
	else
	    n = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg - 1;
	sprintf((char *)name, "%d", n);
	return name;
    }
    /* term doesn't have color */
    return NULL;
}
#endif

#if (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_GUI) && defined(FEAT_PRINTER)) \
	|| defined(PROTO)
/*
 * Return color name of highlight group "id" as RGB value.
 */
    long_u
highlight_gui_color_rgb(id, fg)
    int		id;
    int		fg;	/* TRUE = fg, FALSE = bg */
{
    guicolor_T	color;

    if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
	return 0L;

    if (fg)
	color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
    else
	color = HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;

    if (color == INVALCOLOR)
	return 0L;

    return gui_mch_get_rgb(color);
}
#endif

/*
 * Output the syntax list header.
 * Return TRUE when started a new line.
 */
    static int
syn_list_header(did_header, outlen, id)
    int	    did_header;		/* did header already */
    int	    outlen;		/* length of string that comes */
    int	    id;			/* highlight group id */
{
    int	    endcol = 19;
    int	    newline = TRUE;

    if (!did_header)
    {
	msg_putchar('\n');
	if (got_int)
	    return TRUE;
	msg_outtrans(HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_name);
	endcol = 15;
    }
    else if (msg_col + outlen + 1 >= Columns)
    {
	msg_putchar('\n');
	if (got_int)
	    return TRUE;
    }
    else
    {
	if (msg_col >= endcol)	/* wrap around is like starting a new line */
	    newline = FALSE;
    }

    if (msg_col >= endcol)	/* output at least one space */
	endcol = msg_col + 1;
    if (Columns <= endcol)	/* avoid hang for tiny window */
	endcol = Columns - 1;

    msg_advance(endcol);

    /* Show "xxx" with the attributes. */
    if (!did_header)
    {
	msg_puts_attr((char_u *)"xxx", syn_id2attr(id));
	msg_putchar(' ');
    }

    return newline;
}

/*
 * Set the attribute numbers for a highlight group.
 * Called after one of the attributes has changed.
 */
    static void
set_hl_attr(idx)
    int		idx;	    /* index in array */
{
    attrentry_T		at_en;
    struct hl_group	*sgp = HL_TABLE() + idx;

    /* The "Normal" group doesn't need an attribute number */
    if (sgp->sg_name_u != NULL && STRCMP(sgp->sg_name_u, "NORMAL") == 0)
	return;

#ifdef FEAT_GUI
    /*
     * For the GUI mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting
     * attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
     */
    if (sgp->sg_gui_fg == INVALCOLOR
	    && sgp->sg_gui_bg == INVALCOLOR
	    && sgp->sg_gui_sp == INVALCOLOR
	    && sgp->sg_font == NOFONT
# ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
	    && sgp->sg_fontset == NOFONTSET
# endif
	    )
    {
	sgp->sg_gui_attr = sgp->sg_gui;
    }
    else
    {
	at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_gui;
	at_en.ae_u.gui.fg_color = sgp->sg_gui_fg;
	at_en.ae_u.gui.bg_color = sgp->sg_gui_bg;
	at_en.ae_u.gui.sp_color = sgp->sg_gui_sp;
	at_en.ae_u.gui.font = sgp->sg_font;
# ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
	at_en.ae_u.gui.fontset = sgp->sg_fontset;
# endif
	sgp->sg_gui_attr = get_attr_entry(&gui_attr_table, &at_en);
    }
#endif
    /*
     * For the term mode: If there are other than "normal" highlighting
     * attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
     */
    if (sgp->sg_start == NULL && sgp->sg_stop == NULL)
	sgp->sg_term_attr = sgp->sg_term;
    else
    {
	at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_term;
	at_en.ae_u.term.start = sgp->sg_start;
	at_en.ae_u.term.stop = sgp->sg_stop;
	sgp->sg_term_attr = get_attr_entry(&term_attr_table, &at_en);
    }

    /*
     * For the color term mode: If there are other than "normal"
     * highlighting attributes, need to allocate an attr number.
     */
    if (sgp->sg_cterm_fg == 0 && sgp->sg_cterm_bg == 0)
	sgp->sg_cterm_attr = sgp->sg_cterm;
    else
    {
	at_en.ae_attr = sgp->sg_cterm;
	at_en.ae_u.cterm.fg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_fg;
	at_en.ae_u.cterm.bg_color = sgp->sg_cterm_bg;
	sgp->sg_cterm_attr = get_attr_entry(&cterm_attr_table, &at_en);
    }
}

/*
 * Lookup a highlight group name and return it's ID.
 * If it is not found, 0 is returned.
 */
    int
syn_name2id(name)
    char_u	*name;
{
    int		i;
    char_u	name_u[200];

    /* Avoid using stricmp() too much, it's slow on some systems */
    /* Avoid alloc()/free(), these are slow too.  ID names over 200 chars
     * don't deserve to be found! */
    vim_strncpy(name_u, name, 199);
    vim_strup(name_u);
    for (i = highlight_ga.ga_len; --i >= 0; )
	if (HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u != NULL
		&& STRCMP(name_u, HL_TABLE()[i].sg_name_u) == 0)
	    break;
    return i + 1;
}

#if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
/*
 * Return TRUE if highlight group "name" exists.
 */
    int
highlight_exists(name)
    char_u	*name;
{
    return (syn_name2id(name) > 0);
}

# if defined(FEAT_SEARCH_EXTRA) || defined(PROTO)
/*
 * Return the name of highlight group "id".
 * When not a valid ID return an empty string.
 */
    char_u *
syn_id2name(id)
    int		id;
{
    if (id <= 0 || id > highlight_ga.ga_len)
	return (char_u *)"";
    return HL_TABLE()[id - 1].sg_name;
}
# endif
#endif

/*
 * Like syn_name2id(), but take a pointer + length argument.
 */
    int
syn_namen2id(linep, len)
    char_u  *linep;
    int	    len;
{
    char_u  *name;
    int	    id = 0;

    name = vim_strnsave(linep, len);
    if (name != NULL)
    {
	id = syn_name2id(name);
	vim_free(name);
    }
    return id;
}

/*
 * Find highlight group name in the table and return it's ID.
 * The argument is a pointer to the name and the length of the name.
 * If it doesn't exist yet, a new entry is created.
 * Return 0 for failure.
 */
    int
syn_check_group(pp, len)
    char_u		*pp;
    int			len;
{
    int	    id;
    char_u  *name;

    name = vim_strnsave(pp, len);
    if (name == NULL)
	return 0;

    id = syn_name2id(name);
    if (id == 0)			/* doesn't exist yet */
	id = syn_add_group(name);
    else
	vim_free(name);
    return id;
}

/*
 * Add new highlight group and return it's ID.
 * "name" must be an allocated string, it will be consumed.
 * Return 0 for failure.
 */
    static int
syn_add_group(name)
    char_u	*name;
{
    char_u	*p;

    /* Check that the name is ASCII letters, digits and underscore. */
    for (p = name; *p != NUL; ++p)
    {
	if (!vim_isprintc(*p))
	{
	    EMSG(_("E669: Unprintable character in group name"));
	    vim_free(name);
	    return 0;
	}
	else if (!ASCII_ISALNUM(*p) && *p != '_')
	{
	    /* This is an error, but since there previously was no check only
	     * give a warning. */
	    msg_source(hl_attr(HLF_W));
	    MSG(_("W18: Invalid character in group name"));
	    break;
	}
    }

    /*
     * First call for this growarray: init growing array.
     */
    if (highlight_ga.ga_data == NULL)
    {
	highlight_ga.ga_itemsize = sizeof(struct hl_group);
	highlight_ga.ga_growsize = 10;
    }

    /*
     * Make room for at least one other syntax_highlight entry.
     */
    if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 1) == FAIL)
    {
	vim_free(name);
	return 0;
    }

    vim_memset(&(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len]), 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
    HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name = name;
    HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u = vim_strsave_up(name);
#ifdef FEAT_GUI
    HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_bg = INVALCOLOR;
    HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_fg = INVALCOLOR;
    HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_gui_sp = INVALCOLOR;
#endif
    ++highlight_ga.ga_len;

    return highlight_ga.ga_len;		    /* ID is index plus one */
}

/*
 * When, just after calling syn_add_group(), an error is discovered, this
 * function deletes the new name.
 */
    static void
syn_unadd_group()
{
    --highlight_ga.ga_len;
    vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name);
    vim_free(HL_TABLE()[highlight_ga.ga_len].sg_name_u);
}

/*
 * Translate a group ID to highlight attributes.
 */
    int
syn_id2attr(hl_id)
    int			hl_id;
{
    int			attr;
    struct hl_group	*sgp;

    hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id);
    sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1];	    /* index is ID minus one */

#ifdef FEAT_GUI
    /*
     * Only use GUI attr when the GUI is being used.
     */
    if (gui.in_use)
	attr = sgp->sg_gui_attr;
    else
#endif
	if (t_colors > 1)
	    attr = sgp->sg_cterm_attr;
	else
	    attr = sgp->sg_term_attr;

    return attr;
}

#ifdef FEAT_GUI
/*
 * Get the GUI colors and attributes for a group ID.
 * NOTE: the colors will be INVALCOLOR when not set, the color otherwise.
 */
    int
syn_id2colors(hl_id, fgp, bgp)
    int		hl_id;
    guicolor_T	*fgp;
    guicolor_T	*bgp;
{
    struct hl_group	*sgp;

    hl_id = syn_get_final_id(hl_id);
    sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1];	    /* index is ID minus one */

    *fgp = sgp->sg_gui_fg;
    *bgp = sgp->sg_gui_bg;
    return sgp->sg_gui;
}
#endif

/*
 * Translate a group ID to the final group ID (following links).
 */
    int
syn_get_final_id(hl_id)
    int			hl_id;
{
    int			count;
    struct hl_group	*sgp;

    if (hl_id > highlight_ga.ga_len || hl_id < 1)
	return 0;			/* Can be called from eval!! */

    /*
     * Follow links until there is no more.
     * Look out for loops!  Break after 100 links.
     */
    for (count = 100; --count >= 0; )
    {
	sgp = &HL_TABLE()[hl_id - 1];	    /* index is ID minus one */
	if (sgp->sg_link == 0 || sgp->sg_link > highlight_ga.ga_len)
	    break;
	hl_id = sgp->sg_link;
    }

    return hl_id;
}

#ifdef FEAT_GUI
/*
 * Call this function just after the GUI has started.
 * It finds the font and color handles for the highlighting groups.
 */
    void
highlight_gui_started()
{
    int	    idx;

    /* First get the colors from the "Normal" and "Menu" group, if set */
    set_normal_colors();

    for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
	gui_do_one_color(idx, FALSE, FALSE);

    highlight_changed();
}

    static void
gui_do_one_color(idx, do_menu, do_tooltip)
    int		idx;
    int		do_menu;	/* TRUE: might set the menu font */
    int		do_tooltip;	/* TRUE: might set the tooltip font */
{
    int		didit = FALSE;

    if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name != NULL)
    {
	hl_do_font(idx, HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font_name, FALSE, do_menu,
		   do_tooltip);
	didit = TRUE;
    }
    if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name != NULL)
    {
	HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg =
			    color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_fg_name);
	didit = TRUE;
    }
    if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name != NULL)
    {
	HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg =
			    color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_bg_name);
	didit = TRUE;
    }
    if (HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name != NULL)
    {
	HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp =
			    color_name2handle(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_gui_sp_name);
	didit = TRUE;
    }
    if (didit)	/* need to get a new attr number */
	set_hl_attr(idx);
}

#endif

/*
 * Translate the 'highlight' option into attributes in highlight_attr[] and
 * set up the user highlights User1..9.  If FEAT_STL_OPT is in use, a set of
 * corresponding highlights to use on top of HLF_SNC is computed.
 * Called only when the 'highlight' option has been changed and upon first
 * screen redraw after any :highlight command.
 * Return FAIL when an invalid flag is found in 'highlight'.  OK otherwise.
 */
    int
highlight_changed()
{
    int		hlf;
    int		i;
    char_u	*p;
    int		attr;
    char_u	*end;
    int		id;
#ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT
    char_u      userhl[10];
# ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
    int		id_SNC = -1;
    int		id_S = -1;
    int		hlcnt;
# endif
#endif
    static int	hl_flags[HLF_COUNT] = HL_FLAGS;

    need_highlight_changed = FALSE;

    /*
     * Clear all attributes.
     */
    for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf)
	highlight_attr[hlf] = 0;

    /*
     * First set all attributes to their default value.
     * Then use the attributes from the 'highlight' option.
     */
    for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
    {
	if (i)
	    p = p_hl;
	else
	    p = get_highlight_default();
	if (p == NULL)	    /* just in case */
	    continue;

	while (*p)
	{
	    for (hlf = 0; hlf < (int)HLF_COUNT; ++hlf)
		if (hl_flags[hlf] == *p)
		    break;
	    ++p;
	    if (hlf == (int)HLF_COUNT || *p == NUL)
		return FAIL;

	    /*
	     * Allow several hl_flags to be combined, like "bu" for
	     * bold-underlined.
	     */
	    attr = 0;
	    for ( ; *p && *p != ','; ++p)	    /* parse upto comma */
	    {
		if (vim_iswhite(*p))		    /* ignore white space */
		    continue;

		if (attr > HL_ALL)  /* Combination with ':' is not allowed. */
		    return FAIL;

		switch (*p)
		{
		    case 'b':	attr |= HL_BOLD;
				break;
		    case 'i':	attr |= HL_ITALIC;
				break;
		    case '-':
		    case 'n':			    /* no highlighting */
				break;
		    case 'r':	attr |= HL_INVERSE;
				break;
		    case 's':	attr |= HL_STANDOUT;
				break;
		    case 'u':	attr |= HL_UNDERLINE;
				break;
		    case 'c':	attr |= HL_UNDERCURL;
				break;
		    case ':':	++p;		    /* highlight group name */
				if (attr || *p == NUL)	 /* no combinations */
				    return FAIL;
				end = vim_strchr(p, ',');
				if (end == NULL)
				    end = p + STRLEN(p);
				id = syn_check_group(p, (int)(end - p));
				if (id == 0)
				    return FAIL;
				attr = syn_id2attr(id);
				p = end - 1;
#if defined(FEAT_STL_OPT) && defined(USER_HIGHLIGHT)
				if (hlf == (int)HLF_SNC)
				    id_SNC = syn_get_final_id(id);
				else if (hlf == (int)HLF_S)
				    id_S = syn_get_final_id(id);
#endif
				break;
		    default:	return FAIL;
		}
	    }
	    highlight_attr[hlf] = attr;

	    p = skip_to_option_part(p);	    /* skip comma and spaces */
	}
    }

#ifdef USER_HIGHLIGHT
    /* Setup the user highlights
     *
     * Temporarily  utilize 10 more hl entries.  Have to be in there
     * simultaneously in case of table overflows in get_attr_entry()
     */
# ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
    if (ga_grow(&highlight_ga, 10) == FAIL)
	return FAIL;
    hlcnt = highlight_ga.ga_len;
    if (id_S == 0)
    {		    /* Make sure id_S is always valid to simplify code below */
	vim_memset(&HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
	HL_TABLE()[hlcnt + 9].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_S];
	id_S = hlcnt + 10;
    }
# endif
    for (i = 0; i < 9; i++)
    {
	sprintf((char *)userhl, "User%d", i + 1);
	id = syn_name2id(userhl);
	if (id == 0)
	{
	    highlight_user[i] = 0;
# ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
	    highlight_stlnc[i] = 0;
# endif
	}
	else
	{
# ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
	    struct hl_group *hlt = HL_TABLE();
# endif

	    highlight_user[i] = syn_id2attr(id);
# ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
	    if (id_SNC == 0)
	    {
		vim_memset(&hlt[hlcnt + i], 0, sizeof(struct hl_group));
		hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
		hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
#  if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_EVAL)
		hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui = highlight_attr[HLF_SNC];
#  endif
	    }
	    else
		mch_memmove(&hlt[hlcnt + i],
			    &hlt[id_SNC - 1],
			    sizeof(struct hl_group));
	    hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_link = 0;

	    /* Apply difference between UserX and HLF_S to HLF_SNC */
	    hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_term ^=
		hlt[id - 1].sg_term ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_term;
	    if (hlt[id - 1].sg_start != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_start)
		hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_start = hlt[id - 1].sg_start;
	    if (hlt[id - 1].sg_stop != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_stop)
		hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_stop = hlt[id - 1].sg_stop;
	    hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm ^=
		hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm;
	    if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_fg)
		hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_fg;
	    if (hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_cterm_bg)
		hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_cterm_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_cterm_bg;
#  if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_EVAL)
	    hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui ^=
		hlt[id - 1].sg_gui ^ hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui;
#  endif
#  ifdef FEAT_GUI
	    if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_fg)
		hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_fg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_fg;
	    if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_bg)
		hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_bg = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_bg;
	    if (hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_sp != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_gui_sp)
		hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_gui_sp = hlt[id - 1].sg_gui_sp;
	    if (hlt[id - 1].sg_font != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_font)
		hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_font = hlt[id - 1].sg_font;
#   ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
	    if (hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset != hlt[id_S - 1].sg_fontset)
		hlt[hlcnt + i].sg_fontset = hlt[id - 1].sg_fontset;
#   endif
#  endif
	    highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt + i + 1;
	    set_hl_attr(hlcnt + i);	/* At long last we can apply */
	    highlight_stlnc[i] = syn_id2attr(hlcnt + i + 1);
# endif
	}
    }
# ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
    highlight_ga.ga_len = hlcnt;
# endif

#endif /* USER_HIGHLIGHT */

    return OK;
}

#if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)

static void highlight_list __ARGS((void));
static void highlight_list_two __ARGS((int cnt, int attr));

/*
 * Handle command line completion for :highlight command.
 */
    void
set_context_in_highlight_cmd(xp, arg)
    expand_T	*xp;
    char_u	*arg;
{
    char_u	*p;

    /* Default: expand group names */
    xp->xp_context = EXPAND_HIGHLIGHT;
    xp->xp_pattern = arg;
    include_link = 2;
    include_default = 1;

    /* (part of) subcommand already typed */
    if (*arg != NUL)
    {
	p = skiptowhite(arg);
	if (*p != NUL)			/* past "default" or group name */
	{
	    include_default = 0;
	    if (STRNCMP("default", arg, p - arg) == 0)
	    {
		arg = skipwhite(p);
		xp->xp_pattern = arg;
		p = skiptowhite(arg);
	    }
	    if (*p != NUL)			/* past group name */
	    {
		include_link = 0;
		if (arg[1] == 'i' && arg[0] == 'N')
		    highlight_list();
		if (STRNCMP("link", arg, p - arg) == 0
			|| STRNCMP("clear", arg, p - arg) == 0)
		{
		    xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
		    p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern);
		    if (*p != NUL)		/* past first group name */
		    {
			xp->xp_pattern = skipwhite(p);
			p = skiptowhite(xp->xp_pattern);
		    }
		}
		if (*p != NUL)			/* past group name(s) */
		    xp->xp_context = EXPAND_NOTHING;
	    }
	}
    }
}

/*
 * List highlighting matches in a nice way.
 */
    static void
highlight_list()
{
    int		i;

    for (i = 10; --i >= 0; )
	highlight_list_two(i, hl_attr(HLF_D));
    for (i = 40; --i >= 0; )
	highlight_list_two(99, 0);
}

    static void
highlight_list_two(cnt, attr)
    int	    cnt;
    int	    attr;
{
    msg_puts_attr((char_u *)("N \bI \b!  \b" + cnt / 11), attr);
    msg_clr_eos();
    out_flush();
    ui_delay(cnt == 99 ? 40L : (long)cnt * 50L, FALSE);
}

#endif /* FEAT_CMDL_COMPL */

#if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || (defined(FEAT_SYN_HL) && defined(FEAT_EVAL)) \
    || defined(FEAT_SIGNS) || defined(PROTO)
/*
 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the list of group names.
 * Also used for synIDattr() function.
 */
    char_u *
get_highlight_name(xp, idx)
    expand_T	*xp UNUSED;
    int		idx;
{
#ifdef FEAT_CMDL_COMPL
    if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len && include_none != 0)
	return (char_u *)"none";
    if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + include_none && include_default != 0)
	return (char_u *)"default";
    if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + include_none + include_default
							 && include_link != 0)
	return (char_u *)"link";
    if (idx == highlight_ga.ga_len + include_none + include_default + 1
							 && include_link != 0)
	return (char_u *)"clear";
#endif
    if (idx < 0 || idx >= highlight_ga.ga_len)
	return NULL;
    return HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_name;
}
#endif

#if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
/*
 * Free all the highlight group fonts.
 * Used when quitting for systems which need it.
 */
    void
free_highlight_fonts()
{
    int	    idx;

    for (idx = 0; idx < highlight_ga.ga_len; ++idx)
    {
	gui_mch_free_font(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font);
	HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_font = NOFONT;
# ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
	gui_mch_free_fontset(HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset);
	HL_TABLE()[idx].sg_fontset = NOFONTSET;
# endif
    }

    gui_mch_free_font(gui.norm_font);
# ifdef FEAT_XFONTSET
    gui_mch_free_fontset(gui.fontset);
# endif
# ifndef FEAT_GUI_GTK
    gui_mch_free_font(gui.bold_font);
    gui_mch_free_font(gui.ital_font);
    gui_mch_free_font(gui.boldital_font);
# endif
}
#endif

/**************************************
 *  End of Highlighting stuff	      *
 **************************************/